1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18088 55113))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18212 46004))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table
"abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18088 55114))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18201 33327))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18210
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
196 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
302 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
303 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
304 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18213 13926))
305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
307 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
308 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
309 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
310 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
311 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
312 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
313 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
314 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
315 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
316 interpreted as `error'.")
318 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
320 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
321 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
322 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
323 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
324 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
325 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
326 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
327 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
329 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
331 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
332 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
334 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
336 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
337 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
342 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
343 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
344 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
345 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
346 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
347 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
348 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
349 will be overwritten with the new one.
350 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
351 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
352 will clear the cache.
354 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
356 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
357 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
358 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
359 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
360 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
361 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
362 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
363 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
364 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
365 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
366 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
367 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
368 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
369 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
370 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
371 definition will always be cached for later usage.
373 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
375 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
376 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
377 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
379 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
380 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
384 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
385 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
386 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
387 see also `ad-add-advice'.
388 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
389 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
390 before/around/after-advices will be used.
391 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
392 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
393 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
394 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
395 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
398 Semantics of the various flags:
399 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
400 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
401 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
403 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
404 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
406 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
407 advised function should be compiled.
409 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
410 during activation until somebody enables it.
412 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
413 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
414 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
415 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
417 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
418 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
419 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
420 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
421 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
424 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
426 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
430 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
431 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
432 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18088 55079))
433 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
435 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
436 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
437 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
438 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
439 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
440 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
441 rule's `separate' attribute).
443 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
444 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
445 `separate' attribute set.
447 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
448 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
449 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
450 on the format of these lists.
452 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
454 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
455 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
456 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
457 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
458 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
459 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
460 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
461 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
462 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
463 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
466 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
467 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
471 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
474 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
475 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
476 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
478 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
480 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
481 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
482 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
483 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
484 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
487 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
489 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
490 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
491 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
492 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
493 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
494 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
495 been used to align that section.
497 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
499 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
500 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
501 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
502 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
503 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
504 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
507 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
509 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
510 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
514 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
515 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
522 ;;;;;; (18187 36838))
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
525 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
527 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
529 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
531 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
533 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
535 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
537 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
539 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
541 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
543 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
545 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
547 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
549 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
551 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
558 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
561 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
562 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
563 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
565 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
566 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
567 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
568 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
569 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
572 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
574 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
575 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
576 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
577 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
578 - easy topic encryption and decryption
579 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
580 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
581 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
583 and many other features.
585 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
586 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
587 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
588 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
589 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
591 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
592 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
593 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
594 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
596 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
597 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
598 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
602 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
603 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
604 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
605 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
606 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
610 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
612 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
613 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
615 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
618 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
619 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
622 Topic Header Production:
623 -----------------------
624 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
626 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
628 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
629 ---------------------------------
630 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
631 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
632 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
634 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
635 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
636 are alternated according to nesting depth.
637 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
638 the offspring are not affected.
639 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
641 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
642 ----------------------------------
643 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
645 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
646 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
647 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
648 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
649 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
650 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
652 Topic-oriented Encryption:
653 -------------------------
654 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
655 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
659 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
660 and establish a default file-var setting
662 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
663 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
664 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
665 buffer with name derived from derived from that
666 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
667 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
669 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
671 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
677 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
678 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
679 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
681 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
682 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
683 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
684 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
686 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
687 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
688 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
691 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
692 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
698 navigation and exposure control.
700 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
701 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
702 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
703 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
704 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
706 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
707 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
708 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
709 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
710 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
712 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
713 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
714 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
715 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
716 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
717 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
718 at the beginning of the current entry.
722 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
723 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
724 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
727 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
728 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
729 `allout-structure-added-hook'
730 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
731 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
735 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
737 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
738 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
739 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
741 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
742 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
743 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
745 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
748 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
749 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
752 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
754 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
756 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
758 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
760 Topic text constituents:
762 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
764 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
765 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
767 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
768 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
769 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
770 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
771 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
772 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
773 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
776 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
779 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
780 It can be customized by changing the setting of
781 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
783 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
784 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
785 program code without interfering with processing of the text
786 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
787 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
788 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
789 docstring for more detail.
791 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
792 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
793 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
794 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
795 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
796 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
797 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
798 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
799 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
800 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
801 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
804 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
805 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
807 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
808 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
810 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
811 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
812 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
814 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
816 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
818 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
819 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
821 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
822 setup for auto-startup.
824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
828 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
829 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18203 37788))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
832 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
834 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
835 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
836 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
837 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
838 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
839 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
841 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
843 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
846 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
850 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
851 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18088 55113))
852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
854 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
855 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
856 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
857 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
858 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
859 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
860 in the current window.
862 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
864 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
865 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
866 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
868 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
870 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
871 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
872 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
874 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
878 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
879 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18169 11930))
880 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
882 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
883 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
887 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
888 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
890 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
891 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
892 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
893 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
895 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
896 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
898 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
900 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
904 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
905 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18203 37788))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
908 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
909 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
910 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
911 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
912 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
915 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
916 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
917 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
920 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
921 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
922 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
923 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
927 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
928 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
933 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
934 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
935 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
941 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
942 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
943 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
944 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18090 40233))
945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
947 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
948 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
949 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
950 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
952 (custom-autoload 'appt-issue-message
"appt" t
)
954 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
955 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
957 (custom-autoload 'appt-message-warning-time
"appt" t
)
959 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
960 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
962 (custom-autoload 'appt-audible
"appt" t
)
964 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
965 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
966 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
968 (custom-autoload 'appt-visible
"appt" t
)
970 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
971 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
972 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
974 (custom-autoload 'appt-msg-window
"appt" t
)
976 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
977 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
978 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
980 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-mode-line
"appt" t
)
982 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
983 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
984 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
986 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-duration
"appt" t
)
988 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
989 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
990 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
992 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-diary
"appt" t
)
994 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
995 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
996 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
998 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
1000 (autoload 'appt-delete
"appt" "\
1001 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1005 (autoload 'appt-make-list
"appt" "\
1006 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1007 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1008 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1009 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1010 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1011 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1013 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1016 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1017 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1021 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1022 Toggle checking of appointments.
1023 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1024 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1031 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1032 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18088 55080))
1033 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1035 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1036 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1037 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1038 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1040 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1041 kind of objects to search.
1043 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1045 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1046 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1047 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1048 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1049 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1050 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1052 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1055 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1057 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1059 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1060 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1061 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1062 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1063 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1064 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1066 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1067 noninteractive functions.
1069 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1070 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1072 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1073 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1075 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1077 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1078 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1080 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1082 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1083 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1084 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1085 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1092 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1093 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1095 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1097 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1099 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1100 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1101 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1102 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1103 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1104 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1107 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1108 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1112 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1113 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1114 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1115 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1116 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1117 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1119 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1120 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1122 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1124 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18163
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1132 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1133 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1134 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1135 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1136 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1137 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1139 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1140 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1143 \\{archive-mode-map}
1145 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1149 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18088 55080))
1150 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1152 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1153 Major mode for editing arrays.
1155 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1156 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1157 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1159 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1161 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1162 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1163 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1165 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1166 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1167 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1168 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1171 Variables you assign:
1172 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1173 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1174 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1175 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1176 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1177 row numbers in the buffer.
1179 Variables which are calculated:
1180 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1181 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1183 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1184 take a numeric prefix argument):
1186 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1187 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1188 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1189 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1191 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1192 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1193 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1194 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1201 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1202 between that of point and mark.
1204 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1205 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1207 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1208 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1209 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1210 newlines inside rows)
1212 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1214 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1220 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18200
1222 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1224 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1225 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1226 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1227 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1229 How to quit artist mode
1231 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1234 How to submit a bug report
1236 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1239 Drawing with the mouse:
1242 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1243 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1247 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1250 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1251 --------------------------------------------------------------
1252 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1254 --------------------------------------------------------------
1255 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1256 --------------------------------------------------------------
1257 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1271 --------------------------------------------------------------
1272 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1284 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1285 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1286 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1287 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1290 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1291 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1292 overwrite means the opposite.
1294 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1295 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1296 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1298 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1300 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1301 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1303 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1304 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1305 are currently drawing something.
1307 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1311 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1312 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1317 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1319 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1321 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1323 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1325 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1326 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1328 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1333 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1334 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1335 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1336 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1337 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1338 When pasting: Pastes
1340 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1342 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1344 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1345 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1346 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1347 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1348 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1349 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1354 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1355 of the line/poly-line
1357 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1358 of the line/poly-line
1363 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1365 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1368 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1369 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1372 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1384 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1389 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1390 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1392 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1393 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1394 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1395 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1396 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1397 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1398 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1399 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1400 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1401 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1402 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1405 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1406 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1407 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1408 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1409 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1410 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1414 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1415 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1422 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1426 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18088
1428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1430 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1431 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1432 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1434 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1439 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1440 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1442 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1443 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1445 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (assistant) "assistant" "gnus/assistant.el" (18212
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/assistant.el
1458 (autoload 'assistant
"assistant" "\
1459 Assist setting up Emacs based on FILE.
1465 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1466 ;;;;;; (18088 55080))
1467 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1469 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1470 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1471 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1473 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1475 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1476 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1477 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1478 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1479 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1480 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1481 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1482 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1483 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1484 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1487 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1488 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1489 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1490 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1491 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1493 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1497 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1498 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1499 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1500 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1501 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1502 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1508 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1509 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1510 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1511 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1513 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1519 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1520 ;;;;;; (18147 59473))
1521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1523 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1524 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1530 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1531 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18183 58476))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1534 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1535 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1536 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1540 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1541 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1542 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1543 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1545 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1547 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1548 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1549 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1552 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1554 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1556 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1557 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1558 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1559 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1561 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1562 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1569 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1570 ;;;;;; (18120 34750))
1571 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1573 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1575 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1576 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1577 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1578 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1579 save the buffer too.
1581 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1583 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1585 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1587 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1588 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1589 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1590 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1592 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1593 directory or directories specified.
1595 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1597 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1598 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1599 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1605 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1606 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1607 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18177 7730))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1610 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1611 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1613 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1614 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1615 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1616 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1617 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1621 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1622 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1624 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1625 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1629 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1630 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1631 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1633 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1634 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1635 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1636 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1637 reflected in the current buffer.
1639 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1640 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1641 writing before you save the file!
1643 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1647 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1648 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1650 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1651 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1655 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1656 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1657 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1660 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1662 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1664 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1665 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1667 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1668 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1669 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1675 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1676 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18088 55080))
1677 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1679 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1680 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1681 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1683 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1685 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1687 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1688 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1689 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1690 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1692 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1693 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1694 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1696 Effects of the different modes:
1697 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1698 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1699 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1700 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1701 a random distance & direction.
1702 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1703 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1704 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1706 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1708 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1709 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1710 definition of \"random distance\".)
1712 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1716 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1717 ;;;;;; (18130 62047))
1718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1720 (autoload 'backquote
"backquote" "\
1721 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1723 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1724 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1728 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1729 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1730 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1731 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1733 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1735 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1737 (defalias '\
` (symbol-function 'backquote
))
1741 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1742 ;;;;;; (18088 55080))
1743 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1744 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1746 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1747 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1748 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1749 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1753 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1754 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1755 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1757 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1758 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1760 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1762 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1763 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1764 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1765 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1766 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1773 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1774 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18088 55094))
1775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1777 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1778 Time execution of FORMS.
1779 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1780 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1782 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1783 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1784 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1786 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1788 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1789 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1790 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1791 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1792 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1794 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1796 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1797 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1798 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1799 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1800 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1802 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1806 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18088
1808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1810 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1811 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1813 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1815 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1816 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1817 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1818 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1820 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1821 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1822 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1823 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1824 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1826 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1827 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1830 Special information:
1832 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1834 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1835 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1836 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1837 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1838 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1839 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1840 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1841 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1842 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1843 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1844 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1846 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1847 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1848 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1849 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1850 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1851 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1852 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1853 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1855 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1857 ----------------------------------------------------------
1858 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1859 if that value is non-nil.
1867 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1868 ;;;;;; (18157 34340))
1869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1870 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
'("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode
))
1872 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1873 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1879 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1880 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1881 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1884 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1886 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1887 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1888 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1890 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1892 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1893 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1895 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1897 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1898 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1900 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1904 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18203
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1908 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1910 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1914 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1915 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1916 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1917 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1918 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1923 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1924 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1927 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1930 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1931 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1933 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1934 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1936 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1937 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1938 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1939 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1940 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1941 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1945 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1947 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1948 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1949 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1950 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1952 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1953 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1954 denoted by the letter `R'.
1956 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1957 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1958 denoted by the letter `H'.
1960 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1963 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1964 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1965 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1966 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1967 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1968 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1971 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1972 degree deflection it causes.
1975 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1976 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1978 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1979 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1981 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1982 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1985 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1986 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1992 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1995 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1998 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1999 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2000 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2001 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2002 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2003 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2004 emerging from the box.
2006 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2008 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2010 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2011 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2012 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2013 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2014 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2017 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2024 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2025 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2026 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
2027 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18169
2029 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2030 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
2031 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
2032 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2034 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
2035 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2036 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2037 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2038 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2039 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2040 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ;"m"ark
2043 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
2044 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ;"g"o
2045 (define-key bookmark-map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
)
2046 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
2047 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
2048 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ;"f"ind
2049 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
2050 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
2051 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
2052 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
2053 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
2055 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2056 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2057 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2058 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2059 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2060 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2061 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2062 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2065 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2066 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2067 yank successive words.
2069 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2070 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2071 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2072 name of the file being visited.
2074 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2075 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2076 the list of bookmarks.)
2078 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2080 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2081 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2082 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2083 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2084 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2087 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2088 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2089 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2090 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2095 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2096 See `bookmark-jump'.
2098 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2101 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2102 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2103 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2104 after a bookmark was set in it.
2106 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2108 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2109 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2110 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2111 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2113 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2115 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2117 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2118 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2119 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2120 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2122 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2123 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2124 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2126 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2127 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2130 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2132 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2133 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2134 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2135 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2136 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2139 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2142 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2143 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2144 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2145 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2146 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2147 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2148 probably because we were called from there.
2150 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2153 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2154 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2158 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2159 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2160 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2161 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2164 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2165 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2166 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2167 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2168 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2170 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2171 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2172 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2173 `bookmark-default-file'.
2175 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2178 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2179 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2180 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2181 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2184 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2185 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2186 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2187 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2188 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2191 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2192 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2193 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2194 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2196 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2198 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2199 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2200 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2201 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2202 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2206 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2208 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2210 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2212 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2216 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2217 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2218 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2219 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2220 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2221 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2222 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2223 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2224 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2225 ;;;;;; (18214 4479))
2226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2228 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2229 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2230 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2231 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2233 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2234 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2235 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2236 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2237 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2239 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2241 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2242 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2244 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2246 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2247 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2249 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2251 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2256 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2257 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2258 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2259 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2260 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2261 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2263 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2265 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2267 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2268 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2271 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2273 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2274 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2278 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2279 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2281 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2283 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2285 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2286 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2288 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2290 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2291 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2292 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2293 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2297 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2298 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2299 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2300 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2301 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2307 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2308 Default to the URL around or before point.
2310 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2311 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2312 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2313 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2315 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2316 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2318 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2319 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2321 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2323 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2324 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2325 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2326 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2328 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2329 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2330 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2331 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2333 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2334 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2335 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2337 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2338 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2340 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2342 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2343 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2344 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2345 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2347 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2348 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2349 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2350 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2353 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2354 new tab in an existing window instead.
2356 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2357 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2361 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2364 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2367 When called interactively, if variable
2368 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2369 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2370 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2371 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2374 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2375 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2377 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2378 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2380 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2381 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2382 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2383 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2384 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2385 URL in a new window.
2387 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2390 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2391 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2392 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2396 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2397 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2399 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2400 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2401 new tab in an existing window instead.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2420 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2421 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2424 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2431 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2432 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2433 program is invoked according to the variable
2434 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2436 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2437 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2438 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2439 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2442 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2446 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2447 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2448 Default to the URL around or before point.
2450 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2451 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2452 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2454 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2455 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2456 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2457 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2459 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2460 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point.
2468 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2469 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2470 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2473 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2477 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2479 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2480 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2486 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2487 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2488 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2489 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2495 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2496 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2497 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2501 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2502 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2510 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2511 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2512 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2513 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2518 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2519 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2529 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2530 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2531 don't offer a form of remote control.
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2539 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2541 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2542 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2543 Default to the URL around the point.
2545 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2546 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2548 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2549 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2551 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18088
2557 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2559 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2560 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2564 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2565 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2571 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2572 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18211 32385))
2573 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2575 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2576 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2577 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2578 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2582 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2583 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2584 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2585 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2589 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2590 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2594 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2595 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2597 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2598 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2599 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2600 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2602 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2603 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2604 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2605 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2606 name of buffer configuration.
2612 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18157 34340))
2613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2615 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2622 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2623 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18133
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2627 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" 'push-button) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'push-button) map) "\
2628 Keymap used by buttons.")
2630 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] 'forward-button) (define-key map "\e " 'backward-button) (define-key map [backtab] 'backward-button) map) "\
2631 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2632 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2634 (autoload 'define-button-type "button" "\
2635 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2638 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2639 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2641 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2642 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2643 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2644 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2646 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2648 (autoload 'make-button "button" "\
2649 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2650 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2651 specifying properties to add to the button.
2652 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2653 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2654 `define-button-type'.
2656 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2658 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2660 (autoload 'insert-button "button" "\
2661 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2662 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2663 specifying properties to add to the button.
2664 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2665 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2666 `define-button-type'.
2668 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2670 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2672 (autoload 'make-text-button "button" "\
2673 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2674 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2675 specifying properties to add to the button.
2676 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2677 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2678 `define-button-type'.
2680 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2681 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2682 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2685 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2687 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2689 (autoload 'insert-text-button "button" "\
2690 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2691 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2692 specifying properties to add to the button.
2693 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2694 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2695 `define-button-type'.
2697 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2698 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2699 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2700 `insert-text-button'.
2702 Also see `make-text-button'.
2704 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2708 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2709 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2710 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2711 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2712 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2713 ;;;;;; (18213 13926))
2714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2715 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2716 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2717 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2718 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2720 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2725 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2726 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2727 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2728 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2730 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2735 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2737 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2739 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2740 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2741 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2743 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2745 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2746 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2747 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2748 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2751 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2752 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2753 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2754 whether to compile it.
2756 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2758 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2759 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2761 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2762 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2764 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2765 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2766 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2767 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2768 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2769 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2771 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2773 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2774 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2775 Print the result in the echo area.
2776 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2780 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2781 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2782 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2784 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2786 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2787 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2788 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2789 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2790 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2791 all functions called by those functions.
2793 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2794 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2797 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2798 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2799 invoked interactively.
2801 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2803 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2804 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2805 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2806 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2811 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2815 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2816 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2819 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2821 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2822 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2823 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2824 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2826 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2827 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2828 and corresponding effects.
2830 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18088 55093))
2835 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2837 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2839 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2844 ;;;;;; (18203 38492))
2845 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2847 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "cal-hebrew" "\
2848 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2849 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2850 from the cursor position.
2852 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2856 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2857 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2858 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2859 ;;;;;; (18214 4479))
2860 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2862 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2863 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2865 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2866 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2868 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2869 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2873 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2874 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2876 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2878 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2879 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2881 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2883 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2884 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2888 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2889 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2890 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2891 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2893 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2895 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2896 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2897 This is most useful in the X window system.
2898 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2899 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2901 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2903 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2904 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2905 See calc-keypad for details.
2907 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2909 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2910 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2912 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2915 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2917 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2919 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2920 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2922 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2924 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2925 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2926 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2928 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2930 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2933 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2937 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18203
2939 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2941 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2942 Run the Emacs calculator.
2943 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2949 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2950 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2951 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2952 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2953 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2954 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2955 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2956 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2957 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2958 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2959 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2960 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2961 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2962 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2963 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2964 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2965 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2966 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18157 34340))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2969 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2970 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2971 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2972 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2975 (custom-autoload 'calendar-offset "calendar" t)
2977 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2978 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2979 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2980 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2981 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2982 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2984 (custom-autoload 'view-diary-entries-initially "calendar" t)
2986 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2987 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2988 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2990 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-in-calendar "calendar" t)
2992 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2993 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2994 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2996 (custom-autoload 'calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting "calendar" t)
2998 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2999 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
3000 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
3003 (custom-autoload 'view-calendar-holidays-initially "calendar" t)
3005 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
3006 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
3007 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
3009 (custom-autoload 'mark-holidays-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3011 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
3012 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
3013 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3015 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
3017 (custom-autoload 'all-hebrew-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3019 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
3020 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
3021 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3023 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
3026 (custom-autoload 'all-christian-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3028 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
3029 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
3030 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3032 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
3035 (custom-autoload 'all-islamic-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3037 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3038 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3039 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3041 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3044 (custom-autoload 'all-bahai-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3046 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3047 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3048 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3050 (custom-autoload 'calendar-load-hook "calendar" t)
3052 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3053 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3054 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3055 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3056 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3058 (custom-autoload 'initial-calendar-window-hook "calendar" t)
3060 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3061 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3062 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3063 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3064 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3065 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3066 a function is also provided for this:
3067 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3069 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3070 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3071 date is not visible in the window.
3073 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3074 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3075 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3077 (custom-autoload 'today-visible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3079 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3080 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3082 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3083 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3084 date is visible in the window.
3086 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3087 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3088 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3090 (custom-autoload 'today-invisible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3092 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3093 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3097 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3099 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3101 (custom-autoload 'calendar-move-hook "calendar" t)
3103 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3104 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3106 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3107 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3115 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3116 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3117 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3118 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3119 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3120 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3121 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3122 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3123 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3124 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3125 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3126 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3129 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3130 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3131 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3132 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3140 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3141 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3143 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3144 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3145 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3146 window but will appear in a diary window.
3148 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3149 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3151 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3152 entries (in the default American style):
3154 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3155 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3156 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3158 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3159 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3160 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3161 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3162 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3163 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3164 &* 15 time cards due.
3166 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3167 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3168 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3172 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3173 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3174 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3175 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3176 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3177 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3179 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3180 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3181 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3183 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3185 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3187 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3188 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3189 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3190 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3191 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3192 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3193 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3194 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3195 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3196 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3199 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3200 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3201 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3202 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3203 documentation for these functions for details.
3205 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3206 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3208 (custom-autoload 'diary-file "calendar" t)
3210 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3211 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3213 (custom-autoload 'diary-nonmarking-symbol "calendar" t)
3215 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3216 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3218 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3220 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3221 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3223 (custom-autoload 'islamic-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3225 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3226 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3228 (custom-autoload 'bahai-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3230 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3231 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3232 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3234 (custom-autoload 'diary-include-string "calendar" t)
3236 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3237 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3238 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3240 (custom-autoload 'sexp-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3242 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3243 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3244 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3245 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3248 (custom-autoload 'abbreviated-calendar-year "calendar" t)
3250 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3251 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3252 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3253 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3262 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3263 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3264 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3266 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3267 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3268 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3269 `american-calendar'.")
3271 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-style "calendar" nil)
3273 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3274 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3275 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3277 (custom-autoload 'american-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3279 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3280 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3281 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3283 (custom-autoload 'european-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3285 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
3286 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3287 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3289 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3291 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
3292 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3293 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3295 (custom-autoload 'american-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3297 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
3298 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3299 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3300 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3301 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3302 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3304 (custom-autoload 'print-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3306 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3307 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3308 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3310 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3311 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3312 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3315 #include \"filename\"
3317 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3318 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3319 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3320 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3321 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3323 For example, you could use
3325 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3326 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3327 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3329 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3330 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3331 lexicographic order.")
3333 (custom-autoload 'list-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3335 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3336 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3337 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3339 (custom-autoload 'diary-hook "calendar" t)
3341 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3342 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3343 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3346 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3347 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3348 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3349 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3350 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3351 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3352 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3354 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3355 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3356 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3357 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3358 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3359 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3360 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3361 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3363 (custom-autoload 'diary-display-hook "calendar" nil)
3365 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3366 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3367 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3368 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3369 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3370 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3371 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3373 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-listing-hook "calendar" t)
3375 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3376 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3378 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3379 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3380 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3382 #include \"filename\"
3383 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3384 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3385 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3386 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3387 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3389 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3391 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3392 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3393 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3394 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3395 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3396 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3397 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3399 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-marking-hook "calendar" t)
3401 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3402 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3403 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3406 (custom-autoload 'diary-list-include-blanks "calendar" t)
3408 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3409 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3410 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3411 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3412 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3414 (custom-autoload 'holidays-in-diary-buffer "calendar" t)
3416 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3418 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
3419 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3420 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3422 (custom-autoload 'general-holidays "calendar" t)
3424 (put 'oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3426 (defvar oriental-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (holiday-chinese-new-year))) "\
3428 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3430 (custom-autoload 'oriental-holidays "calendar" t)
3432 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3434 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3436 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3438 (custom-autoload 'local-holidays "calendar" t)
3440 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3442 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3443 User defined holidays.
3444 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3446 (custom-autoload 'other-holidays "calendar" t)
3448 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
3450 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
3452 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
3454 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
3456 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
3458 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
3460 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
3462 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
3464 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3466 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3468 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3470 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-holidays "calendar" t)
3472 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3474 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
3476 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3478 (custom-autoload 'christian-holidays "calendar" t)
3480 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3482 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
3484 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3486 (custom-autoload 'islamic-holidays "calendar" t)
3488 (put 'bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3490 (defvar bahai-holidays '((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))) "\
3492 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3494 (custom-autoload 'bahai-holidays "calendar" t)
3496 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3498 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
3499 Sun-related holidays.
3500 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3502 (custom-autoload 'solar-holidays "calendar" t)
3504 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3506 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3507 The frame setup of the calendar.
3508 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3509 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3510 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3511 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3512 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3514 (custom-autoload 'calendar-setup "calendar" t)
3516 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3517 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3518 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3520 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3521 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3525 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3526 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3527 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3529 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3530 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3531 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3532 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3534 (custom-autoload 'calendar-week-start-day "calendar" nil)
3538 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3539 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18088 55101))
3540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3542 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3543 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3545 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3547 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3548 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3549 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3552 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18088
3558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3559 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3563 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3564 ;;;;;; (18203 37789))
3565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3567 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3568 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3574 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3575 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3576 ;;;;;; (18191 7159))
3577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3579 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3580 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3581 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3582 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3583 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3584 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3585 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3587 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3589 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3590 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3591 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3592 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3593 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3594 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3595 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3596 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3598 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3599 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3600 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3601 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3602 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3603 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3605 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3607 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3608 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3615 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3616 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3618 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3619 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3620 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3621 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3622 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3623 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3626 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3628 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3629 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3636 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3637 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3638 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3640 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3641 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3642 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3643 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3644 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3645 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3648 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3650 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3651 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3658 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3659 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3660 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3662 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3663 Major mode for editing Java code.
3664 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3665 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3666 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3667 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3670 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3672 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3673 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3680 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3681 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3682 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3684 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3685 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3686 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3687 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3688 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3689 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3692 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3694 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3695 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3702 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3703 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3704 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3705 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3707 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3708 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3709 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3710 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3711 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3712 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3715 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3717 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3718 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3724 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3725 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3726 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3727 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3728 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3729 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3733 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3734 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18192 17587))
3735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3737 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3738 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3739 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3740 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3742 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3744 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3745 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3748 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3749 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3750 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3751 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3754 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3755 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3756 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3757 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3760 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3762 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3763 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3764 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3765 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3767 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3769 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3770 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3771 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3773 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3775 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3776 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3777 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3778 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3779 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3781 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (18088
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3788 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18120 34752))
3793 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3794 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3795 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3796 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3800 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3801 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3802 ;;;;;; (18088 55107))
3803 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3805 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3806 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3808 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3810 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3811 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3813 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3815 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3816 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3818 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3819 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3820 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3821 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3824 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3826 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3828 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3829 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3831 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3832 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3836 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3837 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3838 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3839 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3840 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3843 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3844 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3845 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3846 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3848 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3849 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3852 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3854 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3856 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3859 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3860 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3862 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3863 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3864 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3867 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3869 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3870 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3871 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3873 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3875 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3877 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3878 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3880 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3884 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3886 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3888 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3889 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3892 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3893 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3896 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3898 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3899 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3900 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3901 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3902 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3903 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3904 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3905 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3906 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3907 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3908 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3909 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3910 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3911 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3912 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3913 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3916 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3917 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3919 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3920 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3922 | (write EXPRESSION)
3923 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3924 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3927 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3930 ;; Same as: (write string)
3932 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3933 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3934 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3937 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3938 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3939 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3940 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3941 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3942 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3944 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3945 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3947 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3950 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3951 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3952 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3954 ARG := REG | integer
3957 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3960 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3963 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3966 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3967 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3970 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3971 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3972 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3975 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3976 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3977 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3980 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3981 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3983 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3984 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3985 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3988 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3989 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3992 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3993 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3995 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3998 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4002 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4003 ;; Same meaning as C code
4004 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4006 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4011 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4012 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4015 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4016 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4020 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4024 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4025 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4026 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4028 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4029 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4030 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
4032 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4033 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4034 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4035 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4036 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4039 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4041 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4042 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4043 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4044 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4045 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4046 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4048 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4050 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4051 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4052 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4054 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4056 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4060 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4061 ;;;;;; (18088 55115))
4062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4064 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
4065 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4066 There are no special keybindings by default.
4068 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4069 to the action header.
4075 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4076 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4077 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4078 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4079 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4080 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4081 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4082 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4083 ;;;;;; (18203 37787))
4084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4085 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4086 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4088 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4089 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4090 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4091 the users will view as each check is completed.
4095 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4096 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4097 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4098 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4099 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4100 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4101 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4102 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4104 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4106 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4107 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4108 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4109 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4110 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4111 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4112 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4113 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4115 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4117 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4118 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4119 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4120 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4121 spacing are all verified.
4125 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4126 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4127 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4128 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4129 otherwise stop after the first error.
4131 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4133 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4134 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4135 Only documentation strings are checked.
4136 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4137 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4140 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4142 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4143 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4144 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4145 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4146 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4148 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4150 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4151 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4152 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4153 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4156 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4158 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4159 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4160 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4161 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4163 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4165 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4167 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4168 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4169 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4171 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4173 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4174 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4175 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4176 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4177 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4181 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4182 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4183 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4184 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4185 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4186 space at the end of each line.
4188 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4190 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4191 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4192 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4193 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4195 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4197 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4198 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4199 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4200 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4202 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4204 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4205 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4206 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4207 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4209 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4211 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4212 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4213 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4214 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4216 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4218 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4219 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4220 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4221 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4223 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4225 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4226 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4227 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4228 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4230 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4232 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4233 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4234 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4235 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4237 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4239 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4240 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4241 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4242 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4244 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4246 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4247 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4248 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4249 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4251 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4253 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4254 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4255 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4258 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4259 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4260 checking of documentation strings.
4262 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4268 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4269 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (18088
4271 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4273 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4274 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4275 Return the length of resulting text.
4277 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4279 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4280 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4284 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4285 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4286 Return the length of resulting text.
4288 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4290 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4291 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4297 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4298 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18088 55080))
4299 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4301 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4302 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4303 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4304 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4305 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4306 editing and the result is evaluated.
4308 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4310 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4311 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4312 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4313 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4314 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4316 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4320 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4321 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4322 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4323 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4324 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4326 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4327 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4328 \\{command-history-map}
4330 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4331 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18213 13926))
4338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4340 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4341 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4342 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4343 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4344 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4345 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4347 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4348 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4352 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4353 ;;;;;; (18088 55095))
4354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4356 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4359 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4363 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4364 ;;;;;; (18088 55115))
4365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4367 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4368 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4369 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4370 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4372 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4373 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4374 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4375 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4377 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4378 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4380 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4384 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18088
4386 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4388 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4389 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4390 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4391 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4392 of `scheme-program-name').
4393 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4394 it is given as initial input.
4395 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4396 discards input when it starts up.
4397 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4399 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4402 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4406 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4407 ;;;;;; (18088 55107))
4408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4410 (autoload 'cp-make-coding-system "code-pages" "\
4411 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4412 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4413 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4414 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4416 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4418 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4419 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4420 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4421 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4422 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4423 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4424 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4425 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4426 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4427 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4428 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4429 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4430 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4431 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4432 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4433 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4434 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4435 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4436 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4437 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4438 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4439 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4440 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4441 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4442 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4443 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4444 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4445 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4446 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4447 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4448 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4449 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4450 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4451 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4452 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4453 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4454 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4455 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4456 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4457 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4458 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4459 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4460 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4461 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4462 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4466 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4467 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4468 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (18088 55107))
4469 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4471 (autoload 'cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage "codepage" "\
4472 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4473 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4476 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4477 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4478 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4479 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4481 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4483 (autoload 'cp-charset-for-codepage "codepage" "\
4484 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4485 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4487 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4489 (autoload 'cp-language-for-codepage "codepage" "\
4490 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4491 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4493 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4495 (autoload 'cp-offset-for-codepage "codepage" "\
4496 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4497 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4499 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4501 (autoload 'cp-supported-codepages "codepage" "\
4502 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4504 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4505 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4506 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4508 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4509 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4513 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4514 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4516 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4517 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4518 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4520 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4524 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4525 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4526 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4527 ;;;;;; (18208 48750))
4528 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4530 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4531 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4532 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4533 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4534 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4535 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4536 functions have already modified the buffer.
4538 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4540 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4541 either globally or locally.")
4543 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4545 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4546 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4547 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4548 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4549 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4550 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4551 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4552 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4554 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4556 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4558 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4559 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4560 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4561 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4562 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4563 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4564 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4565 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4567 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4569 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4571 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4572 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4573 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4574 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4575 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4576 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4578 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4580 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4581 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4582 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4583 directory tracking functions.")
4585 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4586 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4587 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4589 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4591 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4593 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4594 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4595 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4597 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4599 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4601 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4602 Send COMMAND to current process.
4603 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4604 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4606 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4608 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4609 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4610 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4611 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4613 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4617 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18088
4619 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4621 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4622 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4623 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4624 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4626 This command pushes the mark in each window
4627 at the prior location of point in that window.
4628 If both windows display the same buffer,
4629 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4630 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4632 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4633 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4634 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4635 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4636 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4637 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4638 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4641 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4642 this command work in interlaced mode:
4643 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4644 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4645 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4647 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4651 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4652 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4653 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4654 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4655 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18202 4003))
4656 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4658 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4659 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4661 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4663 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4664 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4666 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4668 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4669 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4670 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4671 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4672 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4673 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4674 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4676 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4677 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4678 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4679 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4680 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4682 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4683 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4684 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4685 describing how the process finished.")
4687 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4688 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4689 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4690 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4691 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4693 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4694 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4695 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4697 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4699 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4700 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4701 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4702 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4704 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4706 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4707 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4709 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4710 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4712 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4714 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4715 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4716 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4717 (concat \"make -k \"
4718 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4720 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4721 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4723 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4724 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4725 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4726 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4728 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4730 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4731 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4732 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4733 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4735 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4736 and move to the source code that caused it.
4738 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4739 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4741 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4742 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4743 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4744 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4746 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4747 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4748 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4749 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4751 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4752 kills its subprocesses.
4754 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4755 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4756 to a function that generates a unique name.
4758 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4760 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4761 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4762 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4763 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4765 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4766 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4768 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4769 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4770 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4771 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4773 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4774 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4775 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4777 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4779 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4781 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4782 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4783 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4784 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4785 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4787 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4789 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4791 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4793 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4794 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4795 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4796 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4797 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4798 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4799 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4803 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4804 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4805 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4806 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4807 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4808 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4812 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4813 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4814 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4816 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4818 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4822 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4823 ;;;;;; (18204 59927))
4824 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4826 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4827 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4828 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4830 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4831 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4833 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4835 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4836 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4837 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4839 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4840 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4841 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4842 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4844 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4845 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4846 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4847 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4849 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4850 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4851 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4852 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4854 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4855 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4856 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4857 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4858 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4864 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4865 ;;;;;; (18169 11930))
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4868 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4869 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4870 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4872 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4873 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4875 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4877 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4878 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4884 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4885 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4886 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4887 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (18088 55081))
4888 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4890 (defconst reference-point-alist '((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5)) "\
4891 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4892 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4893 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4896 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4898 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4899 | | 1:tc or top-center
4900 | | 2:tr or top-right
4901 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4902 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4903 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4904 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4905 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4906 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4908 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4909 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4910 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4911 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4914 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4915 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4916 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4918 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4922 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4926 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4929 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4930 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4931 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4932 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4934 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4936 (autoload 'compose-region "composite" "\
4937 Compose characters in the current region.
4939 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4940 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4942 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4944 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4945 specifying the region.
4947 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4948 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4949 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4951 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4952 of the text in the region.
4954 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4956 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4957 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4958 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4959 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4961 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4962 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4965 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4966 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4967 text in the composition.
4969 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4971 (autoload 'decompose-region "composite" "\
4972 Decompose text in the current region.
4974 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4975 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4979 (autoload 'compose-string "composite" "\
4980 Compose characters in string STRING.
4982 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4983 the characters in it.
4985 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4986 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4987 STRING respectively.
4989 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4990 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4991 `compose-region' for more detail.
4993 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4994 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4995 text in the composition.
4997 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4999 (autoload 'decompose-string "composite" "\
5000 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
5002 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
5004 (autoload 'compose-chars "composite" "\
5005 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
5006 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
5007 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
5008 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
5009 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
5010 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
5011 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
5013 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5015 (autoload 'find-composition "composite" "\
5016 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
5018 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
5019 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
5021 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
5022 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
5024 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5025 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5027 If no composition is found, return nil.
5029 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5030 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5032 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5033 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5034 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5036 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5038 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5040 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5041 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5042 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5044 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5046 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
5048 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
5050 (autoload 'compose-chars-after "composite" "\
5051 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5053 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5054 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5055 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5056 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5057 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5058 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5059 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5062 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5064 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5065 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5067 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5069 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5070 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5072 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5074 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5076 (autoload 'compose-last-chars "composite" "\
5077 Compose last characters.
5078 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5079 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5080 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5081 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5082 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5083 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5084 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5085 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5086 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5087 after a sequence of character events.
5090 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5092 (autoload 'decompose-composite-char "composite" "\
5093 Convert CHAR to string.
5095 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5096 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5097 vector of CHAR respectively.
5098 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5100 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5102 (make-obsolete 'decompose-composite-char 'char-to-string "21.1")
5106 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5107 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5108 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5109 ;;;;;; (18208 48754))
5110 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5112 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5113 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5114 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5115 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5116 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5117 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5118 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5120 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5121 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5122 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5124 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5125 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5126 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5128 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5129 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5130 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5131 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5133 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5134 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5135 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5136 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5137 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5138 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5139 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5145 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5146 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5147 Comments start with `#'.
5148 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5150 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5160 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5161 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5162 Comments start with `;'.
5163 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5165 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5167 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5168 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5169 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5171 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5172 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5176 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5177 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5178 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5179 between `/*' and `*/'.
5180 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5182 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5183 // another kind of comment
5195 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5196 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5197 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5198 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5199 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5200 `conf-space-keywords'.
5201 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5202 in an interactive fashion instead.
5204 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5206 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5208 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5212 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5214 # Standard multimedia devices
5215 add /dev/audio desktop
5216 add /dev/mixer desktop
5220 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5221 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5222 See `conf-space-mode'.
5224 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5226 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5227 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5228 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5229 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5231 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5233 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5234 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5238 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5239 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5240 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5241 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5243 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5245 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5246 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5250 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5251 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5252 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5253 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5255 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5264 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5265 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18088 55113))
5266 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5268 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5269 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5270 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5271 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5273 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5275 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5276 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5277 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5278 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5280 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5282 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5283 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5284 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5285 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5287 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5289 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
5290 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5292 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5296 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5297 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18183 58476))
5298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5300 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5301 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5302 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5303 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5304 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5305 following the copyright are updated as well.
5306 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5309 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5311 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5312 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5313 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5317 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5318 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5320 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5324 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5325 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18214 4479))
5326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5327 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5329 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5330 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5331 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5332 Tab indents for Perl code.
5333 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5334 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5336 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5337 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5338 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5339 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5340 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5341 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5342 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5343 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5344 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5345 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5346 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5347 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5349 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5351 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5352 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5354 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5356 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5357 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5358 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5359 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5360 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5361 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5362 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5363 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5364 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5366 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5370 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5371 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5372 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5375 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5376 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5377 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5379 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5381 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5382 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5383 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5384 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5385 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5387 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5397 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5398 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5399 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5400 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5401 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5402 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5403 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5404 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5405 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5406 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5407 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5408 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5409 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5411 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5412 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5413 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5414 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5415 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5416 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5418 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5419 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5422 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5423 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5424 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5425 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5426 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5428 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5429 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5430 span the needed amount of lines.
5432 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5433 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5434 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5435 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5437 Variables controlling indentation style:
5438 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5439 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5440 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5441 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5442 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5443 `cperl-auto-newline'
5444 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5445 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5446 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5447 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5448 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5449 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5450 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5451 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5452 `cperl-indent-level'
5453 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5454 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5455 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5456 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5457 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5458 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5459 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5460 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5461 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5462 `cperl-brace-offset'
5463 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5464 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5465 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5466 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5467 `cperl-label-offset'
5468 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5469 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5470 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5472 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5473 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5474 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5475 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5476 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5477 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5479 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5480 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5481 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5482 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5484 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5485 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5486 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5487 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5488 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5489 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5491 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5492 column 0 is indented on
5493 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5495 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5498 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5499 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5500 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5504 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5505 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5509 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5510 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5516 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5517 ;;;;;; (18120 34752))
5518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5520 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5521 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5522 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5523 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5524 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5528 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5529 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5535 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5536 ;;;;;; (18088 55097))
5537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5539 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5540 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5541 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5542 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5545 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5547 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5549 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5550 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5551 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5555 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5559 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5560 ;;;;;; (18088 55095))
5561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5563 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5564 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5565 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5566 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5568 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5569 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5570 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5571 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5573 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5574 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5575 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5577 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5578 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5581 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5582 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5583 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5585 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5587 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5588 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5589 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5591 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5595 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18211
5597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5598 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5600 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5601 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5607 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5608 ;;;;;; (18186 14736))
5609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5611 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5612 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5613 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5615 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5616 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5618 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5620 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5621 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5622 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5623 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5624 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5626 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5627 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5628 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5629 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5630 function of these prefix keys.
5632 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5633 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5635 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5636 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5637 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5639 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5640 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5641 the prefix fallback behavior.
5643 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5644 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5645 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5646 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5650 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5651 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5657 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5658 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5659 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5660 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5661 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5662 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5663 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5664 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5665 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5666 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5667 ;;;;;; (18212 54459))
5668 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5670 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5671 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5673 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5675 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5676 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5678 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5680 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5681 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5683 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5684 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5686 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5687 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5689 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5690 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5692 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5693 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5695 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5697 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5699 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5700 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5701 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5703 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5704 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5706 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5707 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5709 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5710 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5712 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5714 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5716 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5717 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5720 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5721 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5723 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5724 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5726 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5727 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5729 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5731 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5733 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5734 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5735 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5736 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5737 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5741 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5742 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5743 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5744 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5748 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5749 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5751 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5753 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5754 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5756 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5758 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5760 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5761 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5763 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5765 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5767 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5768 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5769 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5771 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5773 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5774 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5775 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5776 as part of Emacs itself.
5778 Each elements looks like this:
5780 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5782 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5783 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5784 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5785 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5786 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5787 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5788 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5791 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5793 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5794 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5795 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5796 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5797 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5799 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5800 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5801 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5802 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5804 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5806 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5807 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5808 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5809 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5810 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5812 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5813 that were added or redefined since that version.
5815 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5817 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5818 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5819 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5820 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5822 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5823 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5825 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5827 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5828 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5829 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5831 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5832 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5834 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5836 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5837 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5841 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5842 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5846 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5847 Customize all already saved user options.
5851 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5852 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5853 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5854 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5855 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5856 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5857 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5858 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5860 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5862 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5863 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5864 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5865 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5867 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5869 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5870 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5872 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5874 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5875 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5877 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5879 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5880 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5881 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5882 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5883 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5886 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5888 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5889 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5890 The result includes selecting that window.
5891 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5892 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5893 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5896 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5898 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5899 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5901 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5903 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5904 File used for storing customization information.
5905 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5906 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5907 it should be an absolute file name.
5909 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5910 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5911 something like the following in your init file:
5913 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5916 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5917 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5919 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5920 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5921 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5922 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5923 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5925 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5926 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5927 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5928 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5929 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5930 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5931 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5932 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5933 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5934 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5936 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5938 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5939 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5943 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5944 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5948 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5949 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5950 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5952 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5954 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5955 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5956 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5957 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5958 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5960 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5964 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5965 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18157 61328))
5966 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5968 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
5969 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5971 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5973 (defconst custom-face-attributes '((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth `(:line-width ,lwidth)) (and color `(:color ,color)) (and style `(:style ,style))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value 'unspecified)) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value)))) "\
5974 Alist of face attributes.
5976 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5977 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5978 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5979 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5980 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5981 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5983 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5984 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5985 customization type TYPE).
5987 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5988 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5989 given face attribute.")
5991 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
5992 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5993 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5994 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5996 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5998 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5999 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
6000 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
6001 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
6002 between themes and faces.
6003 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
6005 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
6006 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
6008 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
6010 (autoload 'custom-theme-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
6011 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
6012 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
6016 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
6018 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
6020 (autoload 'custom-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
6021 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
6022 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
6024 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
6028 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
6030 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
6034 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
6035 ;;;;;; (18088 55081))
6036 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6038 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6039 Create a custom theme.
6045 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
6046 ;;;;;; (18088 55081))
6047 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
6049 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6050 Mode used for cvs status output.
6056 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6057 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18088 55115))
6058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6060 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6061 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6063 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6064 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6065 C++ modes are included.
6067 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6071 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6074 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6075 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6079 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6080 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6081 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6083 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6084 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6086 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6088 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6089 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6090 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6091 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6092 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6098 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6099 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6100 ;;;;;; (18088 55108))
6101 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6103 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6104 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6106 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6108 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6109 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6111 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6113 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6114 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6115 For readability, the table is slightly
6116 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6118 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6119 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6120 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6121 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6122 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6124 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6128 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6129 ;;;;;; (18126 18419))
6130 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6131 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6132 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6134 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6135 Completion on current word.
6136 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6137 and presents suggestions for completion.
6139 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6140 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6143 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6144 then it searches *all* buffers.
6146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6148 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6149 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6151 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6152 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6153 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6154 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6155 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6157 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6158 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6160 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6161 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6162 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6164 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6165 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6167 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6173 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18203
6175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6177 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6178 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6180 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6181 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6182 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6184 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6185 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6186 Data lines are not indented.
6191 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6193 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6194 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6195 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6196 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6198 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6201 Extra indentation within blocks.
6203 dcl-continuation-offset
6204 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6207 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6209 dcl-margin-label-offset
6210 Indentation for a label.
6212 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6213 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6215 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6216 dcl-block-end-regexp
6217 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6218 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6219 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6220 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6221 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6223 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6224 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6225 Two such functions are included in the package:
6226 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6227 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6229 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6230 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6231 One such function is included in the package:
6232 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6234 dcl-tab-always-indent
6235 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6236 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6239 dcl-electric-characters
6240 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6243 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6244 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6245 which words trigger electric indentation.
6248 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6249 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6250 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6252 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6253 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6254 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6255 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6257 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6258 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6259 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6260 dcl-imenu-label-call
6261 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6263 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6264 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6265 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6266 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6269 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6271 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6272 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6273 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6275 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6276 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6280 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6281 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6282 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6283 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6284 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6285 \"lined up with the command line\"
6287 Data lines are not indented at all.
6288 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6293 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6294 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6300 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6301 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18197 21672))
6302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6304 (setq debugger 'debug)
6306 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6307 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6308 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6311 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6312 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6313 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6315 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6317 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6318 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6320 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6322 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6323 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6324 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6325 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6326 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6327 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6329 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6330 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6332 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6334 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6335 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6336 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6337 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6338 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6340 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6344 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6345 ;;;;;; (18202 4002))
6346 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6348 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6349 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6353 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6354 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6355 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6356 Upper-case letters are commands.
6358 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6361 The most useful commands are:
6362 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6363 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6364 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6365 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6366 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6367 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6373 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6374 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18088
6376 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6378 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6379 Customization of `columns' group.
6383 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6384 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6386 START and END delimits the text region.
6388 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6390 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6391 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6393 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6395 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6399 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18200
6401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6403 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
6404 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6405 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6406 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6407 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6408 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6410 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6414 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6415 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6416 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6417 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6418 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6419 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6420 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6421 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6422 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6423 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6424 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6425 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6427 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6428 Directories to search when finding external units.
6429 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6430 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6434 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6435 Face used to color delphi comments.
6436 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6437 Face used to color delphi strings.
6438 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6439 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6440 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6441 Face used to color everything else.
6443 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6444 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6446 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6450 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18186
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6454 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6456 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6457 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6458 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6460 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6461 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6463 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6465 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6466 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6467 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6470 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6471 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6472 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6479 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6480 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18088 55095))
6481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6483 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6484 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6486 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6488 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6489 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6490 or nil if there is no parent.
6491 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6492 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6493 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6494 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6495 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6497 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6498 arguments are currently understood:
6500 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6501 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6503 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6504 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6506 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6507 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6509 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6511 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6513 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6514 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6515 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6517 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6518 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6520 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6521 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6522 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6524 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6525 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6527 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6528 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6530 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6532 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6534 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6535 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6536 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6537 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6538 the first time the mode is used.
6540 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6544 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6545 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18088 55081))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6548 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6549 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6550 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6551 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6552 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6555 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6557 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6558 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6559 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6560 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6561 character composition information (if relevant),
6562 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6568 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6569 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6570 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6571 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18211 32385))
6572 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6574 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6575 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6576 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6578 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6580 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6581 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6582 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6583 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6584 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6585 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6589 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6590 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6591 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6592 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6594 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6596 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6597 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6598 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6600 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6601 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6602 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6604 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6605 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6607 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6608 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6609 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6611 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6612 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6613 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6614 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6616 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6618 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6619 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6621 Handlers are called with argument list
6623 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6625 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6627 desktop-file-version
6628 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6629 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6630 desktop-buffer-point
6632 desktop-buffer-read-only
6633 desktop-buffer-locals
6635 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6636 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6638 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6641 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6643 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6644 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6646 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6648 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6650 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6651 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6652 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6653 List elements must have the form
6655 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6657 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6660 Handlers are called with argument list
6662 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6664 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6666 desktop-file-version
6667 desktop-buffer-file-name
6669 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6670 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6671 desktop-buffer-point
6673 desktop-buffer-read-only
6676 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6677 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6680 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6683 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6685 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6686 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6688 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6690 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6692 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6694 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6696 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6697 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6698 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6702 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6703 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6704 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6705 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6706 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6708 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6710 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6711 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6712 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6716 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6717 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6718 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6719 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6720 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6721 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6722 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6723 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6725 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6727 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6728 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6729 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6733 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6734 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6735 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6736 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6739 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6741 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6742 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6746 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6747 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6753 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6754 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6755 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18212 46006))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6758 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6759 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6760 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6761 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6762 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6763 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6765 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6767 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6768 Repair a broken attribution line.
6769 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6771 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6773 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6774 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6775 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6776 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6778 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6780 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6781 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6787 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6788 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (18088 55109))
6789 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6791 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6793 (autoload 'devanagari-compose-region "devan-util" "\
6796 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6798 (autoload 'devanagari-post-read-conversion "devan-util" "\
6805 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6806 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18157 34340))
6807 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6809 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6810 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6811 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6812 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6813 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6817 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6818 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6819 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6820 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6822 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6823 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6824 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6825 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6828 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6830 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6831 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6832 european-calendar-style t \\
6833 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6834 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6835 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6837 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6838 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6839 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6840 to run it every morning at 1am.
6842 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6844 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6845 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6851 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6852 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18210 30826))
6853 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6855 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6856 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6858 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6860 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6861 *The command to use to run diff.")
6863 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6865 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6866 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6867 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6868 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6869 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6870 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6872 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6874 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6875 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6876 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6877 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6878 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6879 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6881 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6885 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6886 ;;;;;; (18203 37786))
6887 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6889 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6890 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6891 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6894 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6895 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6896 headers for you on-the-fly.
6898 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6899 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6900 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6906 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6907 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6908 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6914 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6915 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6916 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6917 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6918 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18200 51263))
6919 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6921 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6922 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6923 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6924 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6925 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6926 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6927 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6928 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6930 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6932 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6933 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6935 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6936 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6937 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6938 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6939 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6941 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6942 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6944 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6945 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6946 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6947 always set this variable to t.")
6949 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6951 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6952 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6953 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6954 A value of t means move to first file.")
6956 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6958 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6959 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6960 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6961 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6962 are afterward marked with that character.")
6964 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6966 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6967 *Controls marking of copied files.
6968 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6969 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6971 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6973 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6974 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6975 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6976 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6978 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6980 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6981 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6982 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6983 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6985 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6987 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6988 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6989 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6990 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6992 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6994 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6996 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6997 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6998 \(This works on only some systems.)")
7000 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
7002 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7003 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
7004 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7005 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7006 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7007 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7009 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7010 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
7011 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7012 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7013 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
7014 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
7015 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
7016 list of files to make directory entries for.
7017 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
7018 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
7019 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
7020 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
7022 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7024 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7025 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7027 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7028 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
7030 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7031 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7033 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7034 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
7036 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7038 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7039 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7041 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7043 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7044 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
7045 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
7046 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7047 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
7048 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
7049 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7050 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
7051 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7052 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7053 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7054 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7055 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7056 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7057 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7058 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7059 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7060 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7061 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7062 to see why something went wrong.
7063 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7064 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7065 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7066 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7067 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7068 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7069 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7070 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7071 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7072 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7073 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7074 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7075 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7077 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7078 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7079 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7080 again for the directory tree.
7082 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7085 `dired-listing-switches'
7086 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7087 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7090 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7091 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7092 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7093 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7095 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7097 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7098 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7105 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7106 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7110 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7111 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7112 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7113 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7114 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7115 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7116 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7117 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7118 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7119 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7120 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7121 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7122 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7123 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18169 11930))
7124 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7126 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
7127 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7128 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7129 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7130 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7131 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7132 which is options for `diff'.
7134 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7136 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
7137 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7138 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7139 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7140 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7141 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7143 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7145 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
7146 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7147 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7148 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7149 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7150 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7151 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7153 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7155 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7156 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7157 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7158 returned by function `file-attributes'
7160 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7161 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7163 Examples of PREDICATE:
7165 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7166 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7167 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7168 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7169 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7171 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7173 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
7174 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7175 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7179 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
7180 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7184 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
7185 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7189 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
7190 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7195 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
7196 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7197 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7198 `lpr-switches' as default.
7200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7202 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
7203 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7204 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7205 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7206 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7208 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7209 with a prefix argument.
7213 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7214 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7215 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7216 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7217 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7219 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7220 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7222 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7223 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7224 file name substituted for `?'.
7226 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7227 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7229 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7230 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7231 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7232 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7234 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7236 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7237 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7238 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7240 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7241 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7244 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7245 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7246 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7248 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7250 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7253 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7255 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
7256 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7257 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7258 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7259 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7260 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7261 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7262 from the buffer as well.
7263 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7264 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7265 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7267 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7269 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
7272 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7274 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
7277 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7279 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
7280 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7284 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
7285 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7289 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
7290 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7294 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
7295 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7296 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7297 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7299 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7300 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7301 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7302 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7303 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7304 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7305 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7307 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7309 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
7312 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7314 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
7317 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7319 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
7320 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7322 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7324 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
7327 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7329 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
7332 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7334 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
7335 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7337 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7339 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
7340 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7341 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7342 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7343 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7344 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7345 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7346 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7347 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7349 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
7355 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7356 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7357 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7358 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7359 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7360 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7361 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7363 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7367 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
7368 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7369 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7370 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7371 and new hard links are made in that directory
7372 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7373 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7374 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7378 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
7379 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7380 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7381 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7382 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7383 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7384 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7388 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7389 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7391 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7392 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7393 file if none are marked.
7395 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7396 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7397 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7398 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7400 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7401 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7403 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7406 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7407 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7409 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7411 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7412 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7413 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7415 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7418 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7419 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7421 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7423 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
7424 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7428 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
7429 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7433 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7434 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7435 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7436 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7437 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7438 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7440 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7442 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7443 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7444 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7445 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7446 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7447 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7448 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7450 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7452 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7453 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7454 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7455 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7456 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7457 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7459 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7461 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7463 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7464 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7465 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7467 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7469 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7470 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7471 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7472 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7476 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
7477 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7478 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7479 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7483 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7484 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7485 Lower levels are unaffected.
7487 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7489 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
7490 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7494 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
7495 Go down in the dired tree.
7499 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7500 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7501 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7502 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7506 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
7507 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7508 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7509 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7513 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
7514 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7515 Stops when a match is found.
7516 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7518 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7520 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7521 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7522 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7523 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7524 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7526 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7528 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
7529 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7530 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7531 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7533 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7537 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7538 ;;;;;; (18212 46004))
7539 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7541 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
7542 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7543 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7544 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7545 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7546 buffer and try again.
7548 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7550 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
7551 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7552 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7553 This creates relative symbolic links like
7557 not absolute ones like
7559 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7561 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7567 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
7568 ;;;;;; (18213 13926))
7569 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7571 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7572 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
7573 This provides an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode'.
7575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7577 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7578 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7579 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7581 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
7583 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7584 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
7586 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7590 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18173
7592 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7594 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7595 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7596 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7597 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7598 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7599 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7601 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7605 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7606 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7607 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7608 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7609 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7610 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18088 55082))
7611 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7613 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7614 Return a new, empty display table.
7618 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7619 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7620 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7621 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7622 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7624 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7626 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7627 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7628 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7629 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7630 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7632 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7634 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7635 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7639 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7640 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7644 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7645 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7649 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7650 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7654 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7655 Display character C using printable string S.
7659 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7660 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7661 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7662 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7664 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7666 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7667 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7668 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7671 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7673 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7674 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7676 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7678 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7679 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7681 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7683 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7684 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7686 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7688 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7689 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7691 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7693 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7694 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7696 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7698 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7699 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7701 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7702 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7703 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7704 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7706 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7707 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7708 European character display.
7710 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7711 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7712 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7713 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7715 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7716 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7717 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7718 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7719 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7725 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7726 ;;;;;; (18088 55113))
7727 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7729 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7730 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7731 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7732 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7733 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7734 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7735 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7742 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18088 55082))
7743 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7745 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7746 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7747 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7748 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7749 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7750 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7752 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7753 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7754 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7755 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7756 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7758 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7762 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7763 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18088 55119))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7766 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7767 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7768 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7769 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7770 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7771 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7772 table and its own syntax table.
7774 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7777 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7779 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7780 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7783 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7787 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-mode) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18201
7789 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7791 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7792 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7793 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7794 toggle between display as a set of images and display as text.
7800 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18088 55113))
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7803 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7804 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7810 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18203 37786))
7811 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7813 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7815 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7818 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7819 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7825 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18088 55113))
7826 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7828 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7829 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7835 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7836 ;;;;;; (18088 55101))
7837 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7839 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7840 Play sounds in message buffers.
7846 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7847 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18201 33326))
7849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7851 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7853 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7854 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7855 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7856 and toggle command MODE.
7858 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7859 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7860 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7861 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7862 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7863 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7864 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7865 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7868 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7869 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7870 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7871 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7872 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7873 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7874 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7875 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7876 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7877 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7878 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7879 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7880 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7881 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7882 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7883 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7884 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7886 For example, you could write
7887 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7888 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7891 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7893 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7895 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7897 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7898 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7899 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7900 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7901 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7902 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7903 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7904 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7905 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7906 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7907 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7908 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7910 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7911 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7912 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7913 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7914 call another major mode in their body.
7916 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7918 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7919 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7920 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7921 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7922 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7923 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7924 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7926 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7928 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7931 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7933 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7934 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7935 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7937 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7941 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7942 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18120
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7946 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7948 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7949 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7951 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7952 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7953 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7955 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7956 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7960 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7961 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7965 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7966 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7970 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7971 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7973 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7975 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7977 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7979 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7980 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7982 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7983 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7985 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7987 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7989 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7993 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7994 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7995 computed automatically.
7996 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8000 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
8002 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
8003 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
8004 keyboard equivalent.
8008 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8009 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
8013 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8014 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
8018 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
8019 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
8023 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
8027 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
8028 radio: A radio button.
8029 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
8030 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
8032 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
8036 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
8037 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
8041 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8043 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
8044 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
8045 as a solid horizontal line.
8047 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
8049 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
8051 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8054 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8056 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8057 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8058 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8059 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8061 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8063 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8064 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8065 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8066 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8067 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8068 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8070 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8071 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8072 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8074 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8075 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8076 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8078 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8079 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8081 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8085 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8086 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8087 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
8088 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
8089 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
8090 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8091 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8092 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18192 17587))
8093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8095 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8096 Customization for ebnf group.
8100 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8101 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8103 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8105 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8108 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8110 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8112 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8115 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8116 killed after process termination.
8118 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8120 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8122 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8123 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8125 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8126 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8129 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8130 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8131 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8132 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8134 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8136 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8137 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8138 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8140 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8142 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8143 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8145 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8147 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8150 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8152 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8155 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8157 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8158 killed after process termination.
8160 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8162 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8164 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8165 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8166 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8167 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8169 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8173 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8174 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8175 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8177 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8179 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8181 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8182 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8184 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8186 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8189 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8191 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8193 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8194 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8196 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8197 killed after EPS generation.
8199 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8201 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8203 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8204 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8206 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8207 The EPS file name has the following form:
8209 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8211 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8212 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8214 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8215 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8216 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8217 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8218 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8220 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8225 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8226 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8228 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8229 The EPS file name has the following form:
8231 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8233 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8234 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8236 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8237 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8238 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8239 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8240 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8242 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8245 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8247 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8249 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8250 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8252 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8254 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8257 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8259 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8261 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8262 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8264 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8265 killed after syntax checking.
8267 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8269 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8271 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8272 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8276 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8277 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8279 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8281 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8282 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8286 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8287 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8289 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8293 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8294 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8296 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8298 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8300 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8303 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8307 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8308 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8310 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8312 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8314 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8315 Set STYLE as the current style.
8317 Returns the old style symbol.
8319 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8323 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8324 Reset current style.
8326 Returns the old style symbol.
8328 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8330 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8332 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8333 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8335 Returns the old style symbol.
8337 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8339 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8341 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8343 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8344 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8346 Returns the old style symbol.
8348 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8350 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8356 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8357 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8358 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8359 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8360 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8361 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8362 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8363 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8364 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8365 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8366 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18197
8368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8371 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8372 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8373 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8374 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8375 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8377 Tree mode key bindings:
8378 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8382 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8383 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8387 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8388 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8390 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8395 View declaration of member at point.
8399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8400 Find declaration of member at point.
8404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8405 View definition of member at point.
8409 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8410 Find definition of member at point.
8414 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8415 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8419 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8420 View definition of member at point in other window.
8424 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8425 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8429 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8430 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8434 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8435 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8439 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8440 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8444 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8445 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8446 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8447 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8450 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8452 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8453 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8454 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8455 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8457 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8459 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8460 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8461 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8462 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8464 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8466 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8467 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8468 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8470 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8472 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8473 Search for call sites of a member.
8474 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8475 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8476 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8477 looks like a function call to the member.
8479 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8481 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8482 Move backward in the position stack.
8483 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8487 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8488 Move forward in the position stack.
8489 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8493 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8494 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8498 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8499 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8503 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8504 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8505 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8506 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8508 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8510 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8511 Display statistics for a class tree.
8517 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8518 ;;;;;; (18133 2196))
8519 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8521 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8522 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8523 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8524 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8526 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8527 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8528 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8530 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8531 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8532 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8534 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8536 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8542 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8543 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18133 2196))
8544 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8546 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8547 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8548 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8550 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8554 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
8555 ;;;;;; (18212 21473))
8556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
8558 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8565 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8566 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8567 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18197 21672))
8568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8570 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8571 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8572 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8573 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8574 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8576 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8577 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8578 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8579 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8581 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8583 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8584 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8585 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8586 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8588 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8590 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8591 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8592 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8593 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8595 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8597 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8599 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8600 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8601 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8602 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8603 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8605 If you do this on a function definition
8606 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8607 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8608 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8609 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8611 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8612 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8613 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8614 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8619 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8620 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8624 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8625 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8631 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8632 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8633 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8634 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8635 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8636 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8637 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8638 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8639 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8640 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (18120 34749))
8641 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8643 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8644 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8646 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8649 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8651 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8653 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8655 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8657 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8658 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8659 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8660 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8664 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8665 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8667 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8669 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8671 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8672 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8674 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8676 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8678 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8679 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8680 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8681 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8683 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8685 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8687 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8688 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8689 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8690 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8692 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8694 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8696 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8697 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8698 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8699 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8701 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8703 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8705 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8706 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8707 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8708 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8710 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8712 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8714 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8715 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8716 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8717 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8718 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8719 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8721 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8723 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8724 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8725 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8726 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8728 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8730 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8732 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8733 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8734 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8735 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8737 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8739 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8741 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8743 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8744 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8745 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8747 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8748 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8750 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8752 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8753 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8754 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8756 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8757 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8759 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8761 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8762 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8763 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8764 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8765 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8767 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8769 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8770 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8771 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8772 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8773 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8774 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8776 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8778 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8780 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8781 Merge two files without ancestor.
8783 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8785 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8786 Merge two files with ancestor.
8788 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8790 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8793 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8795 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8797 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8798 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8800 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8802 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8803 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8804 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8807 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8809 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8810 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8811 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8814 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8816 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
8817 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8818 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8819 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8823 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8824 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8825 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8826 and don't ask the user.
8827 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8828 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8830 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8832 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8833 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8834 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8835 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8836 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8837 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8838 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8839 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8841 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8843 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8845 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8847 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8848 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8849 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8850 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8851 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8853 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8855 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8857 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8858 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8859 When called interactively, displays the version.
8863 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8864 Display Ediff's manual.
8865 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8867 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8871 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8872 ;;;;;; (18202 3993))
8873 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8875 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18203 37786))
8883 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8885 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8886 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (featurep 'xemacs) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8888 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep 'menubar) (progn (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8890 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep 'menu-bar) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))))
8894 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8895 ;;;;;; (18169 11930))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8898 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8899 Display Ediff's registry.
8903 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8907 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8908 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18214 4759))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8911 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8912 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8913 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8918 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8919 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8920 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8921 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8927 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8928 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8929 ;;;;;; (18133 2196))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8932 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8933 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8934 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8936 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8937 Edit a keyboard macro.
8938 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8939 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8940 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8942 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8944 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8946 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8947 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8949 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8951 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8952 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8954 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8956 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8957 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8958 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8959 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8960 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8961 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8963 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8964 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8965 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8966 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8968 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8970 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8971 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8972 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8973 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8974 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8975 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8977 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8981 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8982 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18212 54459))
8983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8985 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8987 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8988 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8990 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8992 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8993 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8999 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
9000 ;;;;;; (18088 55083))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9003 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9004 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
9005 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9006 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9007 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9008 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9009 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9011 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9012 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9014 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
9015 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
9016 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
9017 this value is non-nil.
9019 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9020 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9021 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9023 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9024 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9025 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
9027 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9029 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9032 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9036 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
9037 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18173 8195))
9038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
9040 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
9041 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
9043 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
9045 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
9046 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
9047 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
9048 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
9049 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
9050 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
9051 of the function called in the expression point is on.
9053 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9057 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
9058 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
9062 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
9063 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
9064 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
9065 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
9066 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
9067 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
9070 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
9071 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
9075 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18088
9077 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9079 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9080 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9082 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9083 an elided material again.
9085 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9091 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9092 ;;;;;; (18173 8195))
9093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9095 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9102 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9103 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18173
9105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9107 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9108 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9109 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9111 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9113 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9114 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9115 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9117 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9119 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9120 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9121 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9123 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9125 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9127 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9128 Display current profiling results.
9129 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9130 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9137 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9138 ;;;;;; (18173 8195))
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9141 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9142 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9143 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9145 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9149 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9150 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9151 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9152 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9153 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18200 51264))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9156 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9157 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9158 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9159 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9160 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9161 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9162 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9163 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9164 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9165 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9166 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9167 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9168 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9169 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9170 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9171 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9173 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9174 Run Emerge on two files.
9176 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9178 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9179 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9181 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9183 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9184 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9186 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9188 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9189 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9191 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9193 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9198 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9203 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9206 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9208 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9211 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9213 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9214 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9216 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9218 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9219 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9221 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9223 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9226 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9230 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9231 ;;;;;; (18200 51265))
9232 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9234 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
9235 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9237 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9239 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9243 ;;;### (autoloads (encrypt-insert-file-contents encrypt-find-model)
9244 ;;;;;; "encrypt" "gnus/encrypt.el" (18212 21482))
9245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/encrypt.el
9247 (autoload 'encrypt-find-model "encrypt" "\
9248 Given a filename, find a encrypt-file-alist entry
9250 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
9252 (autoload 'encrypt-insert-file-contents "encrypt" "\
9253 Decrypt FILE into the current buffer.
9255 \(fn FILE &optional MODEL)" t nil)
9259 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9260 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18088 55119))
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9263 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9264 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9265 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9266 text/enriched format.
9267 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9269 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9270 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9274 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9278 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9281 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9283 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9286 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9290 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9291 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18213 13926))
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9294 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9295 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9299 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9300 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9301 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9303 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9305 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9306 (server (erc-compute-server))
9307 (port (erc-compute-port))
9308 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9310 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9312 That is, if called with
9314 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9316 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9317 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9318 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9320 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9322 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9324 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9325 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9326 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9327 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9329 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18088
9335 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9336 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18147 59472))
9341 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9342 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18088 55099))
9347 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9348 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18147 59472))
9353 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9354 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9359 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18088 55099))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9362 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9363 Parser for /dcc command.
9364 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9365 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9366 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9368 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9370 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9371 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9375 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9376 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9378 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9379 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9380 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9383 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9387 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9388 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9389 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9390 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9391 ;;;;;; (18088 55099))
9392 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9394 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9395 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9397 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9399 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9400 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9401 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9402 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9404 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9406 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9409 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9411 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9412 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9414 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9416 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9417 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9419 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9421 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9422 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9424 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9426 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9427 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9429 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9431 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9432 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9434 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9436 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9437 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9439 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9441 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9442 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9446 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9447 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9453 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18088
9455 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9456 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9458 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9459 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9460 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18088
9468 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9469 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9473 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9474 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18147 59472))
9475 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9476 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9478 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9479 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9480 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9481 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9482 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9483 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9486 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9488 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9491 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9495 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9496 ;;;;;; (18088 55099))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9499 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18088 55099))
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9508 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9512 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9513 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18213 13926))
9514 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9515 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9517 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9518 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9519 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9520 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9521 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9522 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9524 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9526 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9527 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9528 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9529 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9531 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9532 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9535 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9536 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9538 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9542 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9543 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9544 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9545 ;;;;;; (18088 55100))
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9547 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9549 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9550 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9554 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9555 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9559 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9560 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9564 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9565 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9569 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9570 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9574 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9575 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9579 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9580 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9584 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9585 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18088 55100))
9592 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9593 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9597 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9598 ;;;;;; (18088 55100))
9599 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9600 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9602 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9609 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9610 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18088 55100))
9611 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9613 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9614 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9615 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9616 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9620 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9621 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9627 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9628 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18088 55100))
9629 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9630 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9632 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9633 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9634 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9635 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9637 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9639 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18088 55100))
9647 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9648 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18088
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9655 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18088 55100))
9660 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9661 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18088 55100))
9666 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9667 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9671 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9672 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18088 55100))
9673 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9674 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9676 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9677 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9681 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9682 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9683 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9685 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18161 20995))
9690 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9691 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9695 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9696 ;;;;;; (18088 55100))
9697 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9699 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9700 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9701 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18088
9709 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9710 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18214 4763))
9715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9716 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9720 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9721 ;;;;;; (18213 13926))
9722 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9724 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9725 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9726 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9728 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9730 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9731 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9734 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9735 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9736 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9743 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9744 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18088 55100))
9745 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9746 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9748 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9749 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9750 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9751 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9753 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9755 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9756 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9757 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9763 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9764 ;;;;;; (18088 55100))
9765 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9767 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9768 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9774 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18203
9776 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9778 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9779 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9787 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18088
9789 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9791 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9792 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9798 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9799 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (18088 55101))
9800 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9802 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9803 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9804 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9805 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9806 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9807 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9808 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9809 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9810 buffer selected (or created).
9812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9814 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9815 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9816 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9818 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9820 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9821 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9822 The result might be any Lisp object.
9823 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9824 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9825 corresponding to a successful execution.
9827 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9829 (autoload 'eshell-report-bug "eshell" "\
9830 Report a bug in Eshell.
9831 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9832 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9838 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9839 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9840 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9841 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9842 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9843 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9844 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9845 ;;;;;; (18201 33327))
9846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9848 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9849 *File name of tags table.
9850 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9851 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9852 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9853 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9855 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9856 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9857 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9858 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9860 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9862 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9863 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9864 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9865 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9866 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9867 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9869 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9871 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9872 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9873 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9874 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9875 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9876 `auto-compression-mode').")
9878 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9880 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9881 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9882 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9883 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9884 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9886 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9888 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9889 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9890 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9891 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9893 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9895 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9896 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9897 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9898 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9899 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9901 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9903 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9904 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9908 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9909 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9910 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9911 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9913 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9914 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9915 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9916 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9917 file the tag was in.
9919 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9921 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9922 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9923 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9924 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9925 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9926 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9927 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9928 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9929 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9931 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9933 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9934 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9935 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9936 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9937 without directory names.
9941 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9942 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9943 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9944 but does not select the buffer.
9945 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9947 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9948 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9949 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9950 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9951 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9953 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9955 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9956 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9957 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9959 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9961 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9963 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9964 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9965 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9966 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9968 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9969 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9970 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9971 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9972 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9974 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9976 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9977 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9978 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9980 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9982 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9983 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9985 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9986 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9987 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9988 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9989 around or before point.
9991 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9992 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9993 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9994 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9995 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9997 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9999 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10000 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10001 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10003 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10005 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
10006 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
10008 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
10009 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
10010 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
10011 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
10012 around or before point.
10014 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10015 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10016 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10017 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
10018 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10020 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
10022 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10023 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10024 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10026 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10028 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
10029 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
10031 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
10032 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
10033 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
10035 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10036 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10037 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10038 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
10039 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10041 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
10043 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10044 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10045 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10047 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10049 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10050 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
10051 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
10053 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
10054 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
10056 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
10057 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
10058 where they were found.
10062 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
10063 Select next file among files in current tags table.
10065 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
10066 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
10067 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
10069 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
10070 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
10072 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
10073 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
10075 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
10077 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
10078 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
10079 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
10080 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
10082 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
10083 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
10084 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
10085 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
10086 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
10088 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
10089 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10091 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
10092 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10093 Stops when a match is found.
10094 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10096 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10098 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10100 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
10101 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10102 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10103 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10104 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10106 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10108 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10110 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
10111 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10112 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10113 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10114 directory specification.
10116 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10118 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
10119 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10121 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10123 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
10124 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10125 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10126 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10130 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
10131 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10132 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10133 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10134 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10140 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10141 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10142 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10143 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10144 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10145 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10146 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10147 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (18173 8195))
10148 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10150 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
10155 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
10156 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10157 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10158 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10160 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10161 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10164 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10165 even if the buffer is read-only.
10167 See also the descriptions of the variables
10168 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10169 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10171 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10173 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10174 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10176 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10177 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10179 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10180 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10183 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10184 buffer is read-only.
10186 See also the descriptions of the variables
10187 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10188 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10190 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10192 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker "ethio-util" "\
10193 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10194 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10198 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail "ethio-util" "\
10199 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10201 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10202 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10204 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10205 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10209 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
10210 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10211 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10212 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10214 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10216 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
10217 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10218 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10219 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10221 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10222 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10223 the primary language.
10225 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10226 buffer is read-only.
10228 See also the descriptions of the variables
10229 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10230 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10232 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10234 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10235 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10236 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10237 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10239 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10240 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10243 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10244 buffer is read-only.
10246 See also the descriptions of the variables
10247 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10248 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10250 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10252 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker "ethio-util" "\
10253 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10254 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10258 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail "ethio-util" "\
10259 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10261 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10262 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10263 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10264 3) convert the body into SERA.
10266 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10270 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
10271 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10272 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10274 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10276 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
10277 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10281 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10282 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10284 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10285 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10288 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10289 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10290 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10292 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10294 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10296 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10297 Allow the user to input special characters.
10301 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10302 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10303 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10307 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10308 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10312 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10313 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10315 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10316 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10318 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10319 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10323 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10324 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10328 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10329 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10333 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10334 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10340 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10341 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10342 ;;;;;; (18203 37788))
10343 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10345 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10346 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10347 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10348 server for future sessions.
10350 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10352 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10353 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10354 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10356 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10358 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10359 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10360 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10362 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10364 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10365 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10366 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10367 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10368 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10369 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10370 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10371 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10372 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10373 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10374 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10375 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10377 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10379 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10380 Display a form to query the directory server.
10381 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10382 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10384 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10386 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10387 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10388 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10392 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] '("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] '("Get Email" . eudc-get-email)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] '("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] '("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] '("New Server" . eudc-set-server)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] '("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10396 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10397 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10398 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18203 37788))
10399 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10401 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
10402 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10404 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10406 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
10407 Display URL and make it clickable.
10409 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10411 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
10412 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10414 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10416 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
10417 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10419 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10421 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
10422 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10424 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10426 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
10427 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10429 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10433 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10434 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18088 55111))
10435 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10437 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
10438 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10439 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10443 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
10444 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10450 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10451 ;;;;;; (18203 37788))
10452 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10454 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
10455 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18088
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10465 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
10466 Create an empty ewoc.
10468 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10470 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10471 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10472 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10473 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10474 `insert-before-markers'.
10476 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10477 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10478 respectively, of the ewoc.
10480 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10481 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10482 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10484 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10488 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10489 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10490 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10491 ;;;;;; (18088 55116))
10492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10494 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
10495 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10496 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10498 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10500 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
10501 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10502 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10503 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10504 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10506 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10508 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
10509 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10510 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10511 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10512 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10515 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10517 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
10518 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10519 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10523 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10524 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10525 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10532 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10533 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10534 ;;;;;; (18088 55083))
10535 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10537 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10538 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10539 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10540 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10542 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10544 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10545 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10546 to generate such functions.
10548 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10549 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10550 beginning of the expanded text.
10552 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10553 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10554 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10555 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10557 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10559 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10561 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10562 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10563 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10567 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10568 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10569 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10573 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10574 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10575 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10578 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10579 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10583 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18212 46008))
10584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10586 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10587 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10588 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10590 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10591 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10592 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10594 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10599 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10602 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10604 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10606 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10607 `f90-program-indent'
10608 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10610 `f90-continuation-indent'
10611 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10612 `f90-comment-region'
10613 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10614 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10615 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10616 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10618 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10619 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10620 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10621 `f90-break-delimiters'
10622 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10623 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10624 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10625 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10627 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10628 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10630 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10631 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10632 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10633 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10634 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10635 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10636 `f90-leave-line-no'
10637 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10639 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10640 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10646 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10647 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10648 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10649 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10650 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18088 55083))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10652 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10653 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10655 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-face
)) map
) "\
10656 Menu keymap for faces.")
10658 (defalias 'facemenu-face-menu facemenu-face-menu
)
10660 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-foreground
)) map
) "\
10661 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10663 (defalias 'facemenu-foreground-menu facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10665 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-background
)) map
) "\
10666 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10668 (defalias 'facemenu-background-menu facemenu-background-menu
)
10670 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") 'facemenu-remove-special)) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") 'facemenu-set-intangible)) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") 'facemenu-set-invisible)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") 'facemenu-set-read-only)) map) "\
10671 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10673 (defalias 'facemenu-special-menu facemenu-special-menu)
10675 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") 'set-justification-center)) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") 'set-justification-full)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") 'set-justification-right)) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") 'set-justification-left)) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") 'set-justification-none)) map) "\
10676 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10678 (defalias 'facemenu-justification-menu facemenu-justification-menu)
10680 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") 'decrease-right-margin)) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") 'increase-right-margin)) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") 'decrease-left-margin)) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") 'increase-left-margin)) map) "\
10681 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10683 (defalias 'facemenu-indentation-menu facemenu-indentation-menu)
10685 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10686 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10688 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10690 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") 'list-colors-display)) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") 'list-faces-display)) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") 'describe-text-properties)) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") 'facemenu-remove-all)) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") 'facemenu-remove-face-props)) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10692 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") 'facemenu-indentation-menu)) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") 'facemenu-justification-menu)) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") 'facemenu-special-menu)) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") 'facemenu-background-menu)) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") 'facemenu-foreground-menu)) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") 'facemenu-face-menu)))
10694 (defalias 'facemenu-menu facemenu-menu)
10696 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
10697 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10699 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10700 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10701 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10702 to the faces to use for the next character
10703 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10704 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10706 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10707 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10708 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10709 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10710 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10711 preceding faces (including FACE).
10713 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10714 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10716 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10718 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
10719 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10720 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10722 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10723 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10726 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10727 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10728 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10730 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10732 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
10733 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10734 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10736 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10737 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10740 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10741 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10742 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10744 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10746 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
10747 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10748 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10749 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10750 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10751 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10752 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10754 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10755 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10758 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10759 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10760 to insert cancels the specification.
10762 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10764 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
10765 Make the region invisible.
10766 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10767 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10769 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10771 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
10772 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10773 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10774 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10776 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10778 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
10779 Make the region unmodifiable.
10780 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10781 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10783 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10785 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-face-props "facemenu" "\
10786 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10788 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10790 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-all "facemenu" "\
10791 Remove all text properties from the region.
10793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10795 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
10796 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10797 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10799 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10801 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
10802 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10804 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10806 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
10807 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10808 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10809 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10810 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10811 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10813 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10817 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10818 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10819 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18192 17587))
10820 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10822 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10823 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10824 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10825 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10829 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10830 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10834 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10835 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10836 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10837 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10841 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10842 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10843 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10844 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10845 backup file names and the like).
10847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10849 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10850 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10851 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10852 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10853 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10854 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10855 internally by feedmail):
10857 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10858 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10859 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10860 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10862 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10863 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10864 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10865 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10866 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10868 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10872 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10873 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18169 11931))
10874 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10876 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10877 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10878 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10879 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10880 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10881 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10882 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10884 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10886 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10887 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10888 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10889 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10890 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10891 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10892 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10894 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10896 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10898 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10899 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10900 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10901 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10902 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10903 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10905 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10907 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10908 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10909 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10911 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10912 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10917 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10918 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10920 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10922 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10923 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10929 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10930 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10931 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10932 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18169 11931))
10933 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10935 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10936 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10937 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10938 be added to the cache.
10940 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10942 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10943 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10944 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10945 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10946 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10948 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10950 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10951 Add FILE to the file cache.
10955 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10956 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10957 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10959 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10961 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10962 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10963 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10965 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10967 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10968 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10969 This function does not use any external programs
10970 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10971 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10972 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10974 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10976 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10977 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10978 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10979 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10980 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10981 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10982 \(directories) is done.
10985 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10986 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10987 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10991 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18197
10993 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10995 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10996 Filesets initialization.
10997 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
11003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18210 22046))
11004 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
11005 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
11009 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
11010 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
11011 ;;;;;; (18088 55084))
11012 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
11014 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
11015 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
11016 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
11017 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
11018 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
11020 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
11022 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
11023 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
11024 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
11025 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
11026 them for `find-ls-option'.")
11028 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
11030 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
11031 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
11032 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
11033 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
11035 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
11037 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
11038 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
11039 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11041 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
11043 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
11044 as the final argument.
11046 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
11048 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
11049 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
11050 and run dired on those files.
11051 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
11052 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11054 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
11056 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
11058 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
11059 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
11060 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11062 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
11064 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
11066 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11070 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
11071 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
11072 ;;;;;; (18088 55084))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
11075 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
11076 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
11077 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
11078 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
11079 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
11080 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
11081 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
11083 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
11084 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11085 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11087 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11089 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11091 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
11093 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
11094 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11095 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11097 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11098 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11100 Variables of interest include:
11102 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11103 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11104 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11106 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11107 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11108 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11110 - `ff-ignore-include'
11111 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11113 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11114 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11117 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11119 - `ff-special-constructs'
11120 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11121 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11122 extracting the filename from that construct.
11124 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11125 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11127 - `ff-search-directories'
11128 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11129 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11131 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11132 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11134 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11135 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11137 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11138 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11140 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11141 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11143 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11144 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11146 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11148 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
11149 Visit the file you click on.
11151 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11153 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
11154 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11156 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11160 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11161 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11162 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11163 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11164 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11165 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11166 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18200 51265))
11167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11169 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
11170 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11172 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11174 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
11175 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11176 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11177 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11179 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11180 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11181 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11182 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11184 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11186 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
11187 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11189 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11190 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11191 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11192 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11194 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11195 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11198 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11200 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
11201 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11203 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11204 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11205 places point before the definition.
11206 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11208 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11209 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11210 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11212 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11214 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
11215 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11217 See `find-function' for more details.
11219 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11221 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
11222 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11224 See `find-function' for more details.
11226 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11228 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
11229 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11231 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11232 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11233 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11235 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11236 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11238 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11240 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
11241 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11243 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11244 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11245 places point before the definition.
11247 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11249 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11250 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11251 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11253 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11255 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11256 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11258 See `find-variable' for more details.
11260 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11262 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11263 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11265 See `find-variable' for more details.
11267 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11269 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11270 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11271 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11272 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11273 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11274 buffer nor display it.
11276 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11277 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11279 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11281 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11282 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11284 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11285 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11286 places point before the definition.
11288 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11290 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11291 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11292 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11296 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11297 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11298 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11302 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11303 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11307 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11308 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11312 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11313 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11319 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11320 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18169 11931))
11321 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11323 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11324 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11326 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11328 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11329 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11333 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11334 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11336 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11340 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11341 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18169 11931))
11342 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11344 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11345 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11349 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11350 Display FILE's commentary section.
11351 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11355 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11356 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11362 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11363 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18088 55084))
11364 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11366 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11367 Toggle flow control handling.
11368 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11369 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11371 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11373 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11374 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11375 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11376 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11377 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11378 to get the effect of a C-q.
11380 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11384 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11385 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11388 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11393 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11396 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11400 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11401 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18120 34752))
11402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11404 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11405 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11406 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11407 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11411 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11412 Turn flymake mode on.
11416 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11417 Turn flymake mode off.
11423 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11424 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11425 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18187 36841))
11426 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11428 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11429 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11432 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11434 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11435 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11436 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11437 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11438 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11439 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11440 otherwise turn it off.
11443 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11444 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11445 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11446 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11449 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11452 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11453 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11454 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11456 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11458 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11459 in your .emacs file.
11461 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11462 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11466 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11467 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11471 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11472 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11476 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11477 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11481 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11482 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11484 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11486 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11487 Flyspell whole buffer.
11493 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11494 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11495 ;;;;;; (18200 51264))
11496 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11498 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11499 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11503 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11504 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11508 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11509 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11511 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11512 of two major techniques:
11514 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11515 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11516 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11518 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11519 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11520 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11523 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11524 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11525 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11526 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11527 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11530 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11531 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11533 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11535 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11536 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11537 \(This is the default.)
11539 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11541 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11542 \\{follow-mode-map}
11544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11546 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11547 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11549 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11550 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11551 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11552 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11553 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11554 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11556 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11557 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11558 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11560 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11561 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11562 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11568 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18088
11570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11572 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11573 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11574 \\<message-mode-map>
11578 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11579 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11580 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11581 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11582 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11583 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11589 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11590 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18088 55084))
11591 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11593 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11594 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11596 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11597 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11598 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11599 C-c < forms-first-record <
11600 C-c > forms-last-record >
11601 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11602 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11603 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11604 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11605 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11606 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11607 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11608 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11609 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11610 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11612 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11614 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11615 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11619 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11620 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11626 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11627 ;;;;;; (18212 46008))
11628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11630 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11631 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11632 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11634 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11635 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11637 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11640 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11642 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11644 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11645 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11646 `fortran-do-indent'
11647 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11648 `fortran-if-indent'
11649 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11650 `fortran-structure-indent'
11651 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11653 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11654 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11655 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11656 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11657 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11658 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11659 nil don't change the indentation
11660 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11662 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11663 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11664 depending on the continuation format in use.
11665 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11666 indentation for a line of code.
11668 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11669 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11670 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11671 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11672 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11673 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11674 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11675 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11676 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11677 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11679 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11680 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11681 statements (default nil).
11682 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11683 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11684 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11685 `fortran-continuation-string'
11686 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11687 line (default \"$\").
11688 `fortran-comment-region'
11689 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11690 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11691 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11692 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11693 as typed (default t).
11694 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11695 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11697 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11698 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11704 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11705 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18088 55113))
11706 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11708 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11709 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11711 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11712 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11714 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11716 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11717 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11719 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11720 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11722 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11724 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11725 Compile fortune file.
11727 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11728 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11730 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11732 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11733 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11735 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11736 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11737 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11738 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11740 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11742 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11743 Display a fortune cookie.
11745 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11746 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11747 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11748 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11750 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11754 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11755 ;;;;;; (18197 21675))
11756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11758 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11759 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11760 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11761 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11764 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11765 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11766 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11767 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11769 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11770 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11771 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11772 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11773 some of the buffers.
11775 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11777 The following commands help control operation :
11779 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11780 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11782 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11783 detailed description of this mode.
11786 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11788 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11789 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11793 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11794 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11795 | | (comint-mode) |
11802 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11803 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11804 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11805 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11806 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11807 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11809 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11810 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11811 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11812 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11813 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11816 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11818 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11819 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11821 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11825 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11826 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18173
11828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11830 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11831 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11832 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11833 instead (which see).")
11835 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11836 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11838 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11839 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11840 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11841 documentation string instead.
11843 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11844 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11845 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11846 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11847 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11848 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11849 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11850 enders are actually possible.
11852 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11853 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11855 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11856 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11857 `font-lock-keywords'.
11859 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11860 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11861 runs the macro expansion.
11863 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11864 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11865 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11867 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11869 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11871 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11872 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11874 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11876 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11877 Enter generic mode MODE.
11879 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11880 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11881 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11883 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11884 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11888 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11889 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11890 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11891 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11892 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11893 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11894 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11895 `font-lock-keywords'.
11897 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11901 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11902 ;;;;;; (18088 55116))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11905 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11906 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11907 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11908 at places they belong to.
11910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11914 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11915 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11916 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
11917 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11919 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11920 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11921 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11923 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11925 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11926 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11928 Guideline for numbers:
11929 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11930 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11933 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11935 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11936 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11937 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11939 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11941 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11942 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11944 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11946 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11947 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11949 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11950 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11951 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11952 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11953 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11954 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11956 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11957 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11958 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11959 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11960 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11962 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11964 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11968 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11969 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18212 46007))
11970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11971 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11972 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11974 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11975 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11979 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11981 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11982 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11983 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11984 name of an NNTP server to use.
11985 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11988 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11990 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11991 Read news as a slave.
11993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11995 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11996 Pop up a frame to read news.
11997 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11998 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11999 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
12000 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12001 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12002 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12003 current display is used.
12005 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12007 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12009 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12010 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12011 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12013 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12017 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
12018 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
12019 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
12020 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
12021 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
12022 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18212 46006))
12023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12025 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12026 Start Gnus unplugged.
12030 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12031 Start Gnus plugged.
12035 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12036 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12040 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12041 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12043 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12044 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12045 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12047 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12048 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12049 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12053 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12054 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12058 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12059 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12060 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12061 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12062 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12065 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12067 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12068 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12069 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12070 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12071 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12074 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12076 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12077 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12081 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12082 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12083 downloaded into the agent.
12085 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12087 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12088 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12089 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12090 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12092 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12094 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12095 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12099 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12100 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12104 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12105 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12106 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12108 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12112 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12113 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12116 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12117 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12123 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12124 ;;;;;; (18088 55102))
12125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12127 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
12128 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12134 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
12135 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18212 21481))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12138 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12139 Set a bookmark for this article.
12143 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12144 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12146 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12148 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12149 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12150 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12151 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12152 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12158 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12159 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12160 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18212
12162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12164 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12165 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12168 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12172 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12173 Generate the cache active file.
12175 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12177 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12178 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12182 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12183 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12184 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12185 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12186 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12189 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12191 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12192 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12193 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12194 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12195 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12198 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12202 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12203 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18212 46006))
12204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12206 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12207 Delay this article by some time.
12208 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12210 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12211 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12213 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12214 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12216 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12217 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12219 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12221 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12222 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12226 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12227 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12228 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12229 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12231 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12232 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12234 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12238 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12239 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18212 46006))
12240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12242 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12245 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12247 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12250 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12254 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12255 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
12256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12258 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12259 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12266 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12269 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12270 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12276 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12277 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12278 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18212
12280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12282 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12283 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12287 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12288 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12292 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12293 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12295 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12296 different input formats.
12300 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12301 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12303 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12304 different input formats.
12308 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12309 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12310 The PNG is returned as a string.
12312 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12314 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12315 Convert FILE to a Face.
12316 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12319 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12323 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12324 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18212 46006))
12325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12327 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12328 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12329 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12330 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12332 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12334 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12335 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12337 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12341 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12342 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
12343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12345 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12347 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12348 Run batched scoring.
12349 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12355 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12356 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12357 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12360 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12365 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12366 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12367 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12369 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12371 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12372 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12374 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12380 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12381 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12382 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12385 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12386 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12387 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12388 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12391 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12392 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12393 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12394 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12396 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12397 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12398 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12399 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12400 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12401 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12402 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12403 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12404 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12405 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12407 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12409 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12410 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12411 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12414 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12415 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12417 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12419 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12420 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12421 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12423 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12427 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12428 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12429 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12431 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12433 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12434 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12435 existing groups are considered.
12437 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12438 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12441 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12442 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12443 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12444 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12445 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12446 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12447 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12448 clauses will be generated.
12450 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12451 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12452 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12453 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12454 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12455 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12457 For example, given the following group parameters:
12460 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12461 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12463 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12464 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12465 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12466 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12468 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12470 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12472 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12474 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12475 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12478 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12482 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12483 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12486 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12487 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12488 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12490 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12494 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12495 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18212 46006))
12496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12498 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12499 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12500 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12501 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12503 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12505 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12508 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12510 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12511 Like `message-reply'.
12513 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12515 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12519 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12520 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18212 46006))
12521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12523 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12524 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12528 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12529 Load the NoCeM cache.
12535 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12536 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12537 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12540 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12541 Display picons in the From header.
12542 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12546 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12547 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12548 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12552 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12553 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12554 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12560 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12561 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12562 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12563 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12564 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18212 46006))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12567 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12568 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12569 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12570 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12572 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12574 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12575 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12576 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12579 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12581 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12582 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12583 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12585 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12587 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12590 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12592 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12593 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12594 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12596 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12598 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12599 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12600 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12602 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12604 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12606 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12607 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12608 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12610 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12612 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12613 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12614 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12616 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12618 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12619 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12620 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12622 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12624 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12625 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12627 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12631 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12632 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18212 46006))
12633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12635 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12640 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12641 Install the registry hooks.
12647 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12648 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18088
12650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12652 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12653 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12654 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12655 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12656 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12657 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12661 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12662 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12663 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12664 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12665 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12669 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12676 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12677 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
12678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12680 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12681 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12682 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12683 for matching on group names.
12685 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12686 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12688 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12690 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12696 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12697 ;;;;;; (18212 46006))
12698 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12700 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12701 Update the format specification near point.
12707 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12708 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18212
12710 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12712 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12713 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12715 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12717 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12724 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12725 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
12726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12728 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12729 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12731 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12735 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18088 55114))
12736 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12738 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12739 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12741 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12742 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12743 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12745 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12746 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12747 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12749 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12750 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12752 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12753 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12755 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12757 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12761 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12762 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18088 55111))
12763 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12765 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12767 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12768 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12769 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12770 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12771 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12773 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12775 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12776 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12777 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12779 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12780 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12782 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12783 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12786 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12790 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12791 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12792 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18135 53075))
12793 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12795 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12796 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12798 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12800 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12801 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12802 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12803 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12804 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12806 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12807 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12809 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12811 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12812 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12813 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12814 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12816 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12818 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12819 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12821 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12823 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12824 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12826 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12827 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12828 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12830 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12831 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12832 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12834 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12835 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12836 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12837 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12838 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12840 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12842 (defvar grep-history nil)
12844 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12846 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12847 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12848 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12852 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12857 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12858 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12862 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12863 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12864 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12865 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12866 where grep found matches.
12868 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12869 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12871 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12872 easily repeat a grep command.
12874 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12875 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12876 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12877 if that history list is empty).
12879 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12881 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12882 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12883 Collect output in a buffer.
12884 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12885 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12887 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12888 easily repeat a find command.
12890 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12892 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12894 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12895 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12896 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12897 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12898 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12900 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12901 before it is executed.
12902 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12904 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12905 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12906 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12908 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12910 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12912 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12913 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12914 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12915 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12916 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12918 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12919 before it is executed.
12920 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12922 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12923 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12924 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12926 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12928 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12932 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18088 55084))
12933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12935 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12936 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12937 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12938 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12939 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12941 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12945 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12946 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18214 4763))
12947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12949 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12950 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12951 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12952 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12953 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12954 `gdba' for more information.
12956 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12957 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12958 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12959 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12960 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12963 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12965 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12966 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12967 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12968 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12970 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12972 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12973 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12974 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12975 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12977 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12979 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12980 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12981 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12982 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12984 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12985 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12987 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12989 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12990 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12991 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12992 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12994 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12996 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12997 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12998 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12999 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13001 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13003 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13004 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13005 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13006 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13007 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13009 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13010 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13011 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13012 original source file access method.
13014 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13015 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13017 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13018 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13020 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
13022 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13023 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
13029 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18202
13031 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13033 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13034 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13035 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13036 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13038 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
13039 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
13040 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
13041 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
13047 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
13048 ;;;;;; (17822 31019))
13049 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13051 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13052 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13054 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13056 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13057 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13058 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13059 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13061 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13065 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13066 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13067 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13068 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13075 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
13076 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
13077 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "gnus/hashcash.el" (18212 21477))
13078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/hashcash.el
13080 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13081 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13085 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13086 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13087 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13091 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13092 Verify a hashcash payment
13094 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13096 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13097 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13098 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13099 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13100 `mail-add-payment-async').
13102 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13104 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13105 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13106 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13107 Calculation is asynchronous.
13109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13111 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13112 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13113 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13119 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13120 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13121 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13122 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18088 55084))
13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13125 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13126 Return the help-echo string at point.
13127 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13128 property, or nil, is returned.
13129 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13130 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13131 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13133 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13135 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13136 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13137 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13138 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
13139 this produces no string either, return nil.
13143 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13144 Display local help in the echo area.
13145 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13146 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13147 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13150 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13151 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13152 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13156 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13157 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13158 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13162 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13163 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13164 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13168 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13169 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13170 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13171 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13172 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13173 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13174 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13175 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13176 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13177 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13178 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13180 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13181 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13182 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13183 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13184 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13186 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13187 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13188 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13189 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13190 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13191 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13192 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13193 The default is `never'.")
13195 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13197 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13198 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13199 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13200 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13201 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13202 considered different regions.
13204 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13205 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13206 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13207 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13208 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13209 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13210 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13211 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13212 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13214 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13216 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13217 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13218 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13219 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13222 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13223 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13224 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13225 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13226 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13227 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13228 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13229 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13231 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13232 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13233 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13234 rarely happens in practice.
13236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13238 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13239 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13240 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13241 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13242 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13243 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13249 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13250 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13251 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13252 ;;;;;; (18201 33325))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13255 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13256 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13258 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13260 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13261 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13262 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13264 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13266 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
13267 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13269 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13271 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13274 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13276 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13277 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13278 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13279 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13281 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13283 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13284 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13285 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13286 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13287 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13288 it is displayed along with the global value.
13290 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13292 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13293 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13294 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13295 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13297 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13299 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13300 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13301 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13302 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13303 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13305 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13309 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13310 ;;;;;; (18088 55084))
13311 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13313 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13314 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13315 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13316 and window listing and describing the options.
13317 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13318 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13320 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13324 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13325 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13326 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18120 34749))
13327 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13329 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13330 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13331 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13337 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13342 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13347 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13348 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13350 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13351 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13352 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13353 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13355 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13356 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13357 restore it properly when going back.
13359 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13361 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13362 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13364 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13365 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13366 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13367 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13368 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13369 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13370 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13371 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13373 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13374 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13375 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13376 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13378 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13379 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13382 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13384 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13385 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13386 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13387 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13388 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13389 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13391 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13393 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13394 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13395 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13396 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13397 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13399 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13401 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13402 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13404 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13408 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13409 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18088 55096))
13410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13412 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13413 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13417 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13418 Provide help for current mode.
13424 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13425 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18211 32385))
13426 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13428 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13429 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13430 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13431 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13432 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13434 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13435 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13437 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13438 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13439 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13440 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13442 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13443 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13446 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13451 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13452 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13453 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13454 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13455 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13456 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13457 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13458 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13459 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13460 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13461 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13462 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13463 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13464 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13465 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13467 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13468 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13469 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13471 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13474 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13476 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13477 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13478 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13480 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13481 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13482 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13484 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13485 into the buffer at the current point.
13487 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13488 into the buffer at the current point.
13490 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13491 into the buffer at the current point.
13493 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13495 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13496 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13498 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13500 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13504 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13505 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13506 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13507 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13509 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13511 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13512 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13513 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13519 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13520 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13521 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13522 ;;;;;; (18169 11931))
13523 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13525 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13526 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13528 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13529 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13530 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13531 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13532 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13533 called interactively, are:
13535 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13536 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13538 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13539 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13540 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13541 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13543 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13544 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13546 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13547 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13549 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13550 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13551 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13552 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13553 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13554 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13555 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13556 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13557 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13558 function returns t.
13560 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13561 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13563 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13564 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13567 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13568 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13569 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13570 Patterns will be read until
13572 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13576 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13577 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13578 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13580 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13581 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13583 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13585 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13586 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13587 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13588 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13589 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13593 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13595 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13596 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13598 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13599 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13600 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13601 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13603 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13605 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13607 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13608 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13610 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13611 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13612 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13613 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13615 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13617 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13619 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13620 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13622 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13623 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13625 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13627 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13629 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13630 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13632 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13633 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13634 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13635 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13636 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13638 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13640 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13641 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13643 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13644 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13645 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13651 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13652 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18088 55116))
13653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13655 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13656 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13657 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13658 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13659 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13660 how the hiding is done:
13663 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13664 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13667 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13668 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13669 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13670 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13671 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13674 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13675 #endif lines when hiding.
13677 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13678 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13681 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13682 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13683 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13685 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13689 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13690 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13692 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-initially "hideif" t)
13694 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13695 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13697 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-read-only "hideif" t)
13699 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13700 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13702 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-lines "hideif" t)
13706 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13707 ;;;;;; (18128 32656))
13708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13710 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13711 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13712 Each element has the form
13713 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13715 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13716 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13718 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13719 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13721 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13722 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13723 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13724 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13725 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13726 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13728 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13729 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13731 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13732 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13734 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13735 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13736 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13738 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13739 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13740 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13741 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13742 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13743 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13745 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13746 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13747 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13749 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13750 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13752 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13755 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13759 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13760 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13766 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13767 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13768 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13769 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13770 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18120 34749))
13771 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13773 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13774 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13775 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13777 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13779 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13780 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13782 Without an argument:
13783 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13784 or passive state as determined by the variable
13785 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13788 With an argument ARG:
13789 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13790 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13791 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13793 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13794 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13795 not displayed in a different face.
13798 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13799 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13800 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13801 buffer with the contents of a file
13802 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13803 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13807 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13808 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13809 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13813 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13814 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13818 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13819 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13823 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13824 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13826 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13827 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13828 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13829 shown in the last face in the list.
13831 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13832 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13833 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13835 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13839 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13840 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13842 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13844 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13847 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13848 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13850 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13851 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13852 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13854 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13856 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13857 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13859 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13860 this function is called interactively.
13862 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13863 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13864 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13866 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13867 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13868 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13870 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13872 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes "hilit-chg" "\
13873 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13875 When called interactively:
13876 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13877 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13878 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13879 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13881 When called from a program:
13882 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13883 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13884 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13885 - otherwise just turn it on
13887 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13888 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13889 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13890 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13896 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13897 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13898 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13899 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13900 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18088 55085))
13901 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13903 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13904 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13905 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13906 or insert functions in this list.")
13908 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13910 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13911 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13913 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13915 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13916 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13918 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13920 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13921 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13923 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13925 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13926 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13928 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13930 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13931 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13932 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13934 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13936 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13937 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13938 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13941 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13943 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13944 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13945 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13946 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13947 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13949 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13951 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13952 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13953 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13954 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13955 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13957 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13958 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13959 undoes the expansion.
13963 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13964 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13965 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13966 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13968 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13972 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13973 ;;;;;; (18088 55085))
13974 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13976 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13977 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13978 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13980 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13981 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13982 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13983 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13984 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13986 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13987 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13988 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13989 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13993 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13994 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13995 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13996 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13997 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13998 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14000 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14002 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14003 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
14004 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
14006 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14007 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14013 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
14014 ;;;;;; (18157 34340))
14015 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14017 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14018 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14019 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14021 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14025 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14026 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14028 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
14029 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
14030 different list. For example,
14032 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14033 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
14035 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
14036 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14038 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14039 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
14040 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14041 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14044 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14046 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
14050 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18212
14052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14054 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14055 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14061 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
14062 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
14063 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
14064 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
14065 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
14066 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
14067 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
14068 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
14069 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
14070 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
14071 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
14072 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
14073 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
14074 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
14075 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
14076 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
14077 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
14078 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
14079 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
14080 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
14081 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
14082 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
14083 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18208 48750))
14084 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
14086 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14087 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
14088 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
14090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14092 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14093 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
14095 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
14097 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14098 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
14100 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
14102 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14103 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
14105 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
14107 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14108 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
14112 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14113 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14115 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14117 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14118 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14120 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14121 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
14122 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
14123 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14124 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14125 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14126 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14127 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14128 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14129 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14130 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14131 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14133 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
14136 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14138 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14139 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14143 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14144 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14148 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14149 Remove the first filter group.
14153 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14154 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14156 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14158 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14159 Remove all filter groups.
14163 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14164 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14168 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14169 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14170 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14174 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 Kill the filter group at point.
14176 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14178 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14180 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14181 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14185 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14190 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14192 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14193 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14195 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14197 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14198 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14199 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14203 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14204 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14205 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14209 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14210 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14214 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14215 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14219 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14220 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14222 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14223 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14224 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14228 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14229 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14233 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14234 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14238 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14239 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14240 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14243 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14245 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14246 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14247 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14249 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14251 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14252 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14256 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14257 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14261 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14262 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14265 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14266 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14267 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14268 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14269 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14270 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14271 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14272 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14274 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14275 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14276 Default sorting modes are:
14277 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14278 Name - the name of the buffer
14279 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14280 Size - the size of the buffer
14284 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14285 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14288 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14289 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14290 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14291 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14294 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14298 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14299 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14300 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14301 for this Ibuffer session.
14303 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14305 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14306 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14307 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14308 for this Ibuffer session.
14310 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14312 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14313 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14315 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14316 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14318 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14319 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14321 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14323 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14324 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14326 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14327 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14329 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14331 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14332 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14336 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14337 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14339 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14340 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14341 hidden group filter, open it.
14343 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14344 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14345 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14349 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14350 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14351 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14355 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14356 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14358 The names are separated by a space.
14359 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14361 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14362 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14363 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14364 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14366 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14370 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14371 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14375 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14376 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14380 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14381 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14383 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14385 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14386 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14390 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14391 Mark all modified buffers.
14395 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14396 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14400 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14401 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14405 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14406 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14410 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14411 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14415 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14416 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14420 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14421 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14425 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14426 Mark all read-only buffers.
14430 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14431 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14435 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14436 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14437 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14440 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14444 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14445 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18088
14447 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14449 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14450 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14452 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14453 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14454 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14456 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14457 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14458 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14459 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14460 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14461 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14463 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14464 title of the column.
14466 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14467 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14468 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14469 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14470 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14472 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14474 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14475 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14476 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14477 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14478 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14480 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14481 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14482 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14484 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14486 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14487 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14488 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14489 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14490 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14491 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14493 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14494 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14495 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14496 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14497 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14498 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14499 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14500 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14502 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14503 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14504 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14505 buffer's modification flag.
14506 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14507 prompted before performing this operation.
14508 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14509 operation is complete, in the form:
14510 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14511 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14512 confirmation message, in the form:
14513 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14514 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14515 macro for exactly what it does.
14517 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14519 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14520 Define a filter named NAME.
14521 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14522 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14523 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14525 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14526 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14527 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14528 bound to the current value of the filter.
14530 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14534 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14535 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18120 34749))
14536 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14538 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14539 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14540 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14541 buffers which are visiting a file.
14543 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14545 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14546 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14547 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14548 buffers which are visiting a file.
14550 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14552 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14553 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14554 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14556 All arguments are optional.
14557 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14558 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14559 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14560 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14561 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14562 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14563 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14564 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14565 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14566 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14567 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14568 that value locally in this buffer.
14570 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14574 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14575 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14576 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18173 8195))
14577 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14579 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14580 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14581 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14582 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14584 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14586 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14587 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14588 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14589 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14591 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14592 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14593 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14595 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14597 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14598 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14599 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14600 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14601 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14602 non-marking or not.
14604 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14606 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14607 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14609 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14610 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14613 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14614 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14615 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14617 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14620 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14621 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14622 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14624 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14628 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18120
14630 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14632 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14633 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14634 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14635 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14636 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14637 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14639 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14641 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14642 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14643 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14644 otherwise turn it off.
14646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14650 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18088 55116))
14651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14653 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14654 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14655 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14656 Tab indents for Icon code.
14657 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14658 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14660 Variables controlling indentation style:
14661 icon-tab-always-indent
14662 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14663 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14665 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14666 inserted in Icon code.
14668 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14669 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14670 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14671 icon-continued-statement-offset
14672 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14673 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14674 icon-continued-brace-offset
14675 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14676 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14678 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14679 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14680 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14681 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14683 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14684 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14690 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14691 ;;;;;; (18201 33329))
14692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14694 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14695 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14696 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14697 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14699 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14700 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14703 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14704 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14706 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14707 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14708 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14710 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14712 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14716 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14717 ;;;;;; (18197 21676))
14718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14720 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14721 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14723 The main features of this mode are
14725 1. Indentation and Formatting
14726 --------------------------
14727 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14728 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14730 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14731 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14732 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14733 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14735 Comments are indented as follows:
14737 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14738 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14739 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14741 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14743 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14744 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14745 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14746 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14747 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14748 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14750 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14751 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14752 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14753 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14757 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14758 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14759 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14760 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14761 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14762 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14763 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14764 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14765 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14766 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14771 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14772 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14773 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14774 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14778 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14779 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14780 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14781 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14782 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14785 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14786 --------------------------------
14787 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14788 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14790 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14791 \\fu FUNCTION template
14792 \\c CASE statement template
14793 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14794 \\f FOR loop template
14795 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14796 \\w WHILE loop template
14797 \\i IF statement template
14798 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14801 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14802 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14804 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14805 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14806 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14807 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14809 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14810 -------------------------
14811 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14812 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14814 7. Automatic END completion
14815 ------------------------
14816 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14817 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14821 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14822 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14824 9. Documentation and Customization
14825 -------------------------------
14826 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14827 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14828 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14829 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14830 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14834 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14835 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14836 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14838 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14841 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14845 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14846 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14847 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14848 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14849 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14850 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14851 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14852 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18169
14854 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14856 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14857 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14858 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14859 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14861 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14862 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14863 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14865 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14866 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14868 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14870 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14871 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14872 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14873 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14874 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14875 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14876 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14877 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14878 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14882 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14883 Switch to another buffer.
14884 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14885 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14888 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14889 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14890 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14891 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14892 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14894 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14895 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14897 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14898 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14900 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14901 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14902 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14903 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14904 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14905 in a separate window.
14906 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14907 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14908 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14909 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14910 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14911 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14912 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14913 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14914 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14918 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14919 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14920 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14921 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14925 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14926 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14927 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14928 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14932 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14934 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14935 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14939 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14940 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14941 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14942 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14946 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14947 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14948 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14949 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14953 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14954 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14958 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14959 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14960 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14961 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14962 visible in another frame.
14964 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14965 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14966 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14967 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14968 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14969 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14971 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14972 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14974 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14975 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14977 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14978 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14979 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14980 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14981 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14982 in a separate window.
14983 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14984 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14985 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14986 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14987 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14988 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14989 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14990 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14991 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14992 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14993 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14994 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14995 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14996 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14997 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15001 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15002 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15003 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15004 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15008 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15009 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15010 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15011 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15015 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15016 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15017 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15018 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15022 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15023 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15024 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15025 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15029 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15030 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15031 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15032 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15036 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15037 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15038 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15039 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15043 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15044 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15045 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15046 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15050 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15051 Write current buffer to a file.
15052 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15053 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15057 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15058 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15059 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15060 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15064 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15065 Call `dired' the ido way.
15066 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15067 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15071 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15072 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15073 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15074 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15075 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15076 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15078 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
15080 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15081 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15082 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15083 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15085 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15087 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15088 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15089 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15090 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15092 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15094 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15095 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15096 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
15097 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15098 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15099 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
15100 with `completing-read'.
15101 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15102 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15103 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15104 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15105 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15106 with point positioned at the end.
15107 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15108 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15110 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
15114 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18214 4479))
15115 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15116 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
15118 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15119 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15120 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15126 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15127 ;;;;;; (18088 55085))
15128 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15130 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15131 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15135 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15136 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15142 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15143 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15144 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15145 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15146 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18186 14736))
15147 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15149 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15150 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15151 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15154 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15156 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15157 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15158 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15163 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15164 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15165 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15168 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15170 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15171 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15172 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15175 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15177 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15178 Determine and return image type.
15179 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15180 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15181 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15182 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15183 use its file extension as image type.
15184 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15186 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15188 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15189 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15190 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15192 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15194 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15195 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15196 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15198 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15199 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15200 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15201 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15206 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15208 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15209 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15210 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15211 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15212 use its file extension as image type.
15213 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15214 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15215 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15216 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15218 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15220 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15221 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15222 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15224 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15226 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15227 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15228 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15229 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15230 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15231 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15232 POS may be an integer or marker.
15233 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15234 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15235 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15236 means display it in the right marginal area.
15238 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15240 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15241 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15242 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15243 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15244 defaulted if you omit it.
15245 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15246 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15247 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15248 means display it in the right marginal area.
15249 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15250 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15251 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15252 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15253 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15255 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15257 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15258 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15259 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15260 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15261 defaulted if you omit it.
15262 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15263 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15264 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15265 means display it in the right marginal area.
15266 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15268 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15270 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15271 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15272 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15273 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15275 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15277 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15278 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15280 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15282 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15283 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15284 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15285 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15286 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15287 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15288 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15289 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15292 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15294 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15296 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15298 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15299 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15301 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15302 documentation string.
15304 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15305 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15306 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15307 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15308 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15309 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15310 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15315 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15316 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15318 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15322 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15323 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15324 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15325 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15326 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15327 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15328 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15329 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18202 3995))
15330 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15332 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15333 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15337 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15338 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15340 Convenience command that:
15342 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15343 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15344 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15346 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15347 image files in dired and type
15348 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15350 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15352 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15353 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15355 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15357 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15358 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15359 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15360 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15361 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15364 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15365 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15366 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15368 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15369 instead of erasing it first.
15371 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15372 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15373 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15374 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15375 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15376 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15378 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15380 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15381 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15382 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15383 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15388 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15390 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15392 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15393 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15397 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15398 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15399 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15403 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15404 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15408 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15409 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15410 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15411 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15415 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15416 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15420 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15421 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15425 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15426 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15430 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15431 Display current image file.
15432 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15433 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15437 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15438 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15442 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15443 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15444 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15445 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15446 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15447 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15448 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15452 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15453 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15454 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15461 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15462 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15463 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18123 58387))
15464 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15466 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15467 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15468 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15469 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15471 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15472 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15473 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15474 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15476 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15478 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15479 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15480 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15481 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15483 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15484 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15485 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15486 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15488 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15490 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15491 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15495 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15496 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15497 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15498 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15500 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15502 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15503 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15504 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15507 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15509 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15511 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15512 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15513 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15514 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15516 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15517 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15518 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15524 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15525 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18132 64031))
15526 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15527 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15528 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15529 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15530 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15531 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15532 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15533 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15534 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15535 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15537 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15538 Major mode for image files.
15539 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15540 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15544 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15545 Toggle Image minor mode.
15546 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15547 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15551 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15552 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15553 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15554 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15555 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15556 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15558 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15559 information on these modes.
15565 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15566 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18120 34749))
15567 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15569 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15570 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15572 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15574 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15575 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15578 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15580 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15581 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15582 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15584 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15586 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15587 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15589 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15590 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15591 pattern's structure.
15593 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15594 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15595 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15598 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15600 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15601 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15603 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15604 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15605 called within a `save-excursion'.
15607 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15609 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15611 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15612 Function for finding the next index position.
15614 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15615 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15616 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15619 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15620 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15622 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15624 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15625 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15627 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15628 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15629 It should return the name for that index item.")
15631 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15633 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15634 Function to compare string with index item.
15636 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15637 non-nil if they match.
15639 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15640 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15641 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15642 arguments match\".")
15644 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15646 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15647 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15648 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15650 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15652 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15654 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15656 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15657 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15658 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15659 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15663 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15664 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15666 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15670 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15671 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15672 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15673 for more information.
15675 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15679 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15680 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15681 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18088 55109))
15682 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15684 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15685 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15687 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15689 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15692 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15694 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15697 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15699 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15702 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15704 (autoload 'indian-glyph-char "ind-util" "\
15705 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15706 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15707 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15708 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15710 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15712 (autoload 'indian-char-glyph "ind-util" "\
15713 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15714 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15715 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15716 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15718 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15722 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15723 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15724 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18088 55117))
15725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15727 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15728 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15729 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15730 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15731 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15733 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15735 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15736 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15738 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15740 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15741 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15742 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15743 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15744 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15745 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15746 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15747 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15749 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15751 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15752 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15753 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15754 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15755 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15757 This variable is only used if the variable
15758 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15760 More precise choices:
15761 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15762 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15765 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15767 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15769 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15770 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15772 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15773 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15774 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15776 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15777 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15778 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15779 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15782 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15784 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15788 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15789 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15790 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15791 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18132 64031))
15792 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15794 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15795 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15797 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15798 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15799 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15801 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15802 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15803 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15804 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15805 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15806 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15807 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15808 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15809 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15810 with the top-level Info directory.
15812 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15813 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15814 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15815 appended to the Info buffer name.
15817 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15818 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15819 in all the directories in that path.
15821 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15823 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15824 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15828 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15829 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15830 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15831 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15835 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15836 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15837 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15838 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15840 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15842 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15843 Go to the Info directory node.
15847 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15848 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15849 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15850 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15851 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15852 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15854 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15856 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15857 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15858 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15860 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15862 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15863 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15864 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15865 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15866 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15868 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15869 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15871 Selecting other nodes:
15872 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15873 Follow a node reference you click on.
15874 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15875 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15876 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15877 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15878 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15879 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15880 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15881 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15882 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15883 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15884 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15885 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15886 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15887 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15888 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15889 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15890 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15891 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15892 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15893 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15895 Moving within a node:
15896 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15897 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15898 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15899 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15900 move up to the parent node.
15901 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15902 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15904 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15907 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15908 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15909 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15910 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15911 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15912 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15913 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15914 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15915 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15916 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15917 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15918 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15919 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15920 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15921 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15922 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15925 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15927 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15928 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15929 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15930 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15931 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15932 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15934 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15935 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15937 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15938 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15940 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15941 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15942 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15943 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15947 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15948 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15949 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15955 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15956 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15957 ;;;;;; (18120 34749))
15958 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15960 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15961 Throw away all cached data.
15962 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15963 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15967 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15969 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15970 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15971 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15972 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15973 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15974 one found at point.
15976 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15978 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15979 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15981 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15982 Display the documentation of a file.
15983 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15984 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15985 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15986 The default file name is the one found at point.
15988 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15990 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15992 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15993 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15995 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15997 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15998 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16000 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16004 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
16005 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18088 55085))
16006 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16008 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16009 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16011 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16013 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16014 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
16015 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
16019 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16020 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16021 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
16023 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
16024 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
16031 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
16032 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18088 55086))
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16035 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16036 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16038 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16040 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16041 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16042 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
16044 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16045 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16046 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16048 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16049 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16050 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16051 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16055 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16056 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16057 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16061 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16062 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16063 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16064 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16065 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16071 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
16072 ;;;;;; (18210 13714))
16073 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
16075 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
16076 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
16077 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
16079 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
16080 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
16082 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
16083 after typing another C-s or C-r at a failing search, the search goes
16084 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
16087 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
16088 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
16089 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
16090 direction is backward (when isearch-forward is nil), this function
16091 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
16092 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
16093 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
16094 buffer in the series.")
16096 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
16097 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
16098 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16104 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
16105 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
16106 ;;;;;; (18088 55107))
16107 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16109 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16110 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16114 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16115 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16119 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16122 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
16126 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18088
16128 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16130 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16131 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16132 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16133 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16134 accessed via isearchb.
16140 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16141 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16142 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16143 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18088 55107))
16144 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16146 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16147 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16148 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16149 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16151 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16153 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16154 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16155 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16156 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16158 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16160 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16161 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16162 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16163 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16165 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16167 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16168 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16169 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16170 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16172 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16174 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16175 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16176 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16177 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16179 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16181 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16182 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16183 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16184 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16186 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16188 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16189 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16190 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16191 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16193 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16195 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16196 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16197 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16198 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16200 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16202 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16203 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16204 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16205 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16207 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16209 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16210 Warn that format is read-only.
16212 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16214 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16215 Warn that format is write-only.
16217 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16219 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16220 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16227 ;;;;;; (18088 55107))
16228 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16229 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16230 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16231 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16235 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16236 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16237 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16238 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16239 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16240 ;;;;;; (18200 51267))
16241 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16242 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16244 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16245 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16246 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16247 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16249 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16250 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16252 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16253 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16254 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16256 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16257 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16260 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
16262 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16264 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
16266 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
16268 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
16270 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16272 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
16274 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16275 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16277 Each element of this list is also a list:
16279 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16280 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16282 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16283 nil means the default dictionary.
16285 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16287 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16289 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16290 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16291 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16292 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16293 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16294 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16295 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16296 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16297 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16299 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16300 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16301 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16302 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16303 for non-ASCII bytes.
16305 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16306 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16309 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16312 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16313 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16314 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16315 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16316 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16317 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16318 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16319 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16321 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16323 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16324 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16325 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16327 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16328 Key map for ispell menu.")
16330 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16331 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16332 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16333 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16335 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16337 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16339 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16341 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16343 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16344 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16345 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16346 Valid forms include:
16347 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16348 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16349 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16350 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16352 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16353 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16354 First list is used raw.
16355 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16357 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16358 for skipping in latex mode.")
16360 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16361 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16362 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16363 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16364 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16365 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16367 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16368 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16369 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16370 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16372 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16373 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16374 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16375 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16376 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16378 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16379 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16381 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16382 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16384 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16385 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16387 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16388 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16391 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16392 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16393 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16394 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16395 quit spell session exited.
16397 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16399 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16400 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16401 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16403 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16405 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16406 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16410 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16411 SPC: Accept word this time.
16412 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16413 `a': Accept word for this session.
16414 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16415 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16416 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16417 `?': Show these commands.
16418 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16419 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16420 the aborted check to be completed later.
16421 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16422 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16423 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16424 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16425 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16426 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16427 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16431 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16432 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16433 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16435 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16437 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16438 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16439 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16440 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16442 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16444 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16446 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16447 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16448 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16449 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16451 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16453 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16454 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16458 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16459 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16463 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16464 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16468 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16469 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16470 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16471 sequence inside of a word.
16473 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16475 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16477 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16478 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16482 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16483 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16484 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16485 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16487 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16488 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16489 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16490 available on the net.
16494 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16495 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16496 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16497 otherwise turn it off.
16499 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16500 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16502 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16503 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16507 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16508 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16509 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16510 Don't check included messages.
16512 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16513 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16514 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16516 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16517 in your .emacs file:
16518 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16519 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16520 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16521 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16523 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16524 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16525 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16531 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18120
16533 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16535 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16536 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16537 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16540 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16542 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16544 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16545 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16546 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16547 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16548 `iswitchb' for details.
16550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16554 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16555 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16556 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16557 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18088 55109))
16558 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16560 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16565 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16566 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16567 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16568 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16569 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16570 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16571 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16572 necessary to represent OBJ.
16574 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16576 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16577 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16578 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16579 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16581 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16583 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16584 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16585 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16586 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16587 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16589 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16591 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16592 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16593 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16594 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16596 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16598 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16599 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16600 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16601 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16603 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16605 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16606 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16608 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16610 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16611 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16612 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16613 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16614 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16616 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16618 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16619 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16620 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16621 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16622 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16624 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16626 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16627 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16628 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16630 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16634 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16635 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18088 55086))
16636 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16638 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16639 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16640 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16641 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16643 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16646 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16648 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16649 Uninstall jka-compr.
16650 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16651 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16652 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16658 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16659 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16660 ;;;;;; (18088 55097))
16661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16663 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16664 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16665 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16666 decimal key must be specified.")
16668 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16670 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16671 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16672 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16673 decimal key must be specified.")
16675 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16677 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16678 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16679 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16680 decimal key must be specified.")
16682 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16684 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16685 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16686 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16687 decimal key must be specified.")
16689 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16691 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16692 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16693 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16694 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16695 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16699 -------------------------------------------------------------
16700 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16701 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16702 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16703 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16704 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16705 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16706 in the global and local keymaps.
16708 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16709 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16711 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16715 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16716 ;;;;;; (18088 55107))
16717 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16719 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16720 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16721 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16723 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16724 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16725 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16726 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16729 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16730 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16731 the context of text formatting.
16733 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16737 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18088
16739 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16741 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16742 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16743 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16744 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16745 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16746 positions that contains the current selection.")
16748 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16749 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16750 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16751 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16752 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16753 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16754 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16756 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16760 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16761 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16762 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16763 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18088 55086))
16764 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16765 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16766 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16767 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16768 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16769 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16770 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16771 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16773 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16774 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16775 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16776 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16777 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16779 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16781 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16782 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16783 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16785 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16786 defining the macro.
16788 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16789 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16790 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16792 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16793 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16797 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16798 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16799 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16800 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16801 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16804 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16805 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16806 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16810 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16811 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16812 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16814 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16815 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16816 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16817 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16819 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16820 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16822 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16824 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16825 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16826 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16828 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16831 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16832 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16834 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16835 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16836 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16838 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16839 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16843 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16844 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16845 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16846 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16848 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16850 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16851 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16852 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16853 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16855 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16856 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16858 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16860 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16861 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16862 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16864 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16868 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16869 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16870 ;;;;;; (18088 55109))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16873 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16875 (autoload 'kannada-compose-region "knd-util" "\
16878 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16880 (autoload 'kannada-compose-string "knd-util" "\
16883 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16885 (autoload 'kannada-post-read-conversion "knd-util" "\
16888 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16892 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16893 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18088 55109))
16894 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16896 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16897 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16898 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16900 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16907 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16908 ;;;;;; (18202 4002))
16909 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16911 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16913 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16914 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16918 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16920 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16921 Start or resume an Lm game.
16922 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16923 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16925 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16926 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16927 none / 1 | yes | no
16932 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16933 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16934 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16940 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16941 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16942 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18088
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16946 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16949 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16951 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16952 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16953 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16954 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16955 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16956 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16958 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16959 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16961 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16963 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16964 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16966 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16968 (autoload 'lao-post-read-conversion "lao-util" "\
16971 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16973 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16974 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16975 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16976 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16979 The return value is number of composed characters.
16981 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16983 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16986 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16990 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16991 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16992 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18088 55107))
16993 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16995 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16996 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16997 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16998 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17000 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17002 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17003 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17004 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17006 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17008 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17009 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17010 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17014 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17015 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17016 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17017 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17019 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17023 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
17024 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18120 34751))
17025 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17027 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17028 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17029 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17030 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17031 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17032 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17033 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17034 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17036 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17037 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17039 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17040 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17042 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17044 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17045 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17046 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17047 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17048 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17049 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
17050 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
17051 a Unicode font with which to display them.
17053 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17055 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17056 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17057 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17058 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17061 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17063 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17067 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
17068 ;;;;;; (18088 55117))
17069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17071 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
17073 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
17075 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17076 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17082 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
17083 ;;;;;; (18088 55086))
17084 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
17086 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
17087 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
17089 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
17090 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
17092 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
17093 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
17095 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
17096 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
17097 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
17098 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
17099 for later transmission to Lisp job.
17100 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
17101 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
17102 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
17103 and transmit saved text.
17106 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
17107 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
17111 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
17118 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18088 55114))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17121 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17122 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17123 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17124 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17125 generations (this defaults to 1).
17127 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17131 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18213
17133 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17135 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17136 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17137 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17138 is nil, raise an error.
17140 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17141 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17142 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17143 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17144 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17145 defined by the library.
17147 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17148 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17149 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17150 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17151 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17154 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17155 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17156 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17157 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17159 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17163 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17164 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18126 18420))
17165 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17167 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17168 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17169 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17171 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17173 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17174 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17175 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17176 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17178 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17179 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17180 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17181 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17182 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17183 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17186 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17187 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17189 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17190 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17192 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17194 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17196 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17197 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17198 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17199 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17200 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17201 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17202 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17203 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17204 to constrain a big search.
17206 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17208 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17209 except that FILTER is not optional.
17211 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17215 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18120 34749))
17216 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17218 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17219 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17220 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17221 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17222 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17223 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17224 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17225 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17226 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17227 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17228 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17229 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17230 uses the current buffer.
17232 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17236 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18202
17238 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17240 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17241 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17247 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18214
17249 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17251 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17252 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17253 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17254 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17255 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17257 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17258 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17259 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17261 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17262 are indicated with a symbol.
17264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17268 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17269 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18088
17271 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17273 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17275 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))
17277 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17278 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17279 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17281 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17282 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17284 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17285 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17286 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17287 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17288 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17289 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17290 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17292 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17294 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17295 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17296 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17297 switch on this list.
17298 See `lpr-command'.")
17300 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17302 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17303 *Name of program for printing a file.
17305 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17306 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17307 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17308 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17309 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17310 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17313 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17315 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17316 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17317 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17318 for customization of the printer command.
17322 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17323 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17325 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17326 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17327 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17328 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17330 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17331 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17333 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17334 for further customization of the printer command.
17338 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17339 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17340 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17341 for customization of the printer command.
17343 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17345 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17346 Paginate and print the region contents.
17348 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17349 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17350 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17351 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17353 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17354 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17356 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17357 for further customization of the printer command.
17359 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17363 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17364 ;;;;;; (18088 55086))
17365 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17367 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17368 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17369 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17371 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17375 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18088
17377 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17379 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17380 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17381 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17383 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17389 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18088
17391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17393 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17394 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17401 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17402 ;;;;;; (18088 55096))
17403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17405 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17406 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17407 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17408 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17409 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17411 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17415 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17416 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18088 55086))
17417 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17419 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17420 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17421 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17422 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17423 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17425 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17427 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17428 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17429 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17430 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17432 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17433 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17434 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17435 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17438 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17439 use this command, and then save the file.
17441 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17443 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17444 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17445 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17446 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17447 each time the macro executes.
17448 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17449 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17450 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17451 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17452 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17453 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17454 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17458 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17459 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17460 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17461 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17463 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17464 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17465 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17468 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17469 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17471 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17472 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17473 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17474 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17475 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17477 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17480 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17481 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17482 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17484 You could enter the names in this format:
17490 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17493 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17496 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17497 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17499 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17500 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17504 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17505 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18088 55109))
17506 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17508 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17509 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17510 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17511 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17512 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17513 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17515 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17516 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17517 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17518 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17519 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17521 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17522 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17523 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17526 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17528 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17529 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17531 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17535 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17536 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17537 ;;;;;; (18088 55110))
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17540 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17541 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17545 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17550 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17551 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17553 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17555 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17556 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17557 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17560 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17566 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17567 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17568 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18088
17570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17572 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17573 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17574 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17575 often correct parser.")
17577 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17579 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17582 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17584 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17585 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17586 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17587 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17589 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17591 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17592 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17593 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17594 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17596 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17598 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17599 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17600 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17601 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17602 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17603 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17604 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17607 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17609 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17610 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17611 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17612 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17613 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17614 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17616 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17620 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17621 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18120 34751))
17622 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17624 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17625 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17629 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17630 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17631 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17633 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17635 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17636 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17637 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17639 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17643 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17644 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18088
17646 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17648 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17649 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17650 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17652 If `parens', they look like:
17653 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17654 If `angles', they look like:
17655 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17657 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17659 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17660 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17661 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17662 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17663 their `Resent-' variants.
17665 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17666 removed from alias expansions.
17668 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17670 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17671 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17672 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17674 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17675 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17676 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17677 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17679 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17681 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17682 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17683 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17684 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17690 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17691 ;;;;;; (18088 55110))
17692 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17694 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17695 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17696 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17697 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17703 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17704 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17705 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18088 55117))
17706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17708 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17709 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17711 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17712 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17713 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17714 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17715 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17716 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17718 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17719 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17720 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17721 dependency, despite the colon.
17723 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17725 In the browser, use the following keys:
17727 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17729 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17731 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17732 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17734 `makefile-target-colon':
17735 The string that gets appended to all target names
17736 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17737 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17739 `makefile-macro-assign':
17740 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17741 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17742 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17743 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17744 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17745 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17747 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17748 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17749 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17751 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17752 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17754 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17755 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17756 up or down in the browser.
17758 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17759 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17761 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17762 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17764 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17765 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17766 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17767 has been selected in the browser.
17769 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17770 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17771 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17772 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17773 filenames are omitted.
17775 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17776 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17777 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17778 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17779 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17780 the backslash itself intact.
17781 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17782 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17784 `makefile-browser-hook':
17785 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17786 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17788 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17789 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17790 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17791 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17795 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17796 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17800 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17801 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17805 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17806 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17810 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17811 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17815 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17816 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17822 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18088
17824 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17826 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17827 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17828 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17834 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18153 31207))
17835 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17837 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17839 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17840 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17841 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17842 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17843 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17844 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17845 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17847 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17848 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17849 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17850 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17852 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17854 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17855 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17857 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17861 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18088 55086))
17862 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17864 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17865 Toggle Master mode.
17866 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17867 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17868 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17870 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17871 following commands:
17873 \\{master-mode-map}
17875 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17876 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17877 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17883 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17884 ;;;;;; (18187 36839))
17885 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17887 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17888 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17889 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17890 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17891 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17892 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17894 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17896 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17897 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17898 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17899 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17900 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17902 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17903 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17909 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18211
17911 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17913 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17915 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17916 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17917 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17919 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17920 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17922 (custom-autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" nil)
17924 (autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" "\
17925 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17926 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17927 created in the future.
17928 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17929 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17935 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17936 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17937 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17938 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17939 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17940 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17941 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18212 46007))
17942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17944 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17946 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17947 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17948 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17949 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17950 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17951 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17952 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17953 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17954 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17955 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17956 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17957 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17958 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17959 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17960 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17961 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17962 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17963 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17964 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17965 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17966 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17967 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17968 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17969 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17970 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17971 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17972 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17973 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17974 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17975 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17976 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17977 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17978 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17979 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17980 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17981 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17982 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17983 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17987 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17988 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17989 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17990 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17991 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17993 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17995 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17996 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17998 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18000 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18001 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18003 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
18005 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18006 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18008 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18010 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18011 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18012 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18014 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18016 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18017 Cancel an article you posted.
18018 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18022 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18023 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18024 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18025 header line with the old Message-ID.
18029 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18030 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18034 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18035 Forward the current message via mail.
18036 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18037 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18039 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18041 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18044 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18046 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18049 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18051 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18052 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18056 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18057 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18059 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18061 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18062 Re-mail the current message.
18063 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18064 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18069 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18070 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18072 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18074 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18075 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18077 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18079 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18080 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18082 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18084 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18085 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18087 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18089 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18090 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18091 Works by overstriking characters.
18092 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18093 which specify the range to operate on.
18095 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18097 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18098 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18099 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18100 which specify the range to operate on.
18102 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18106 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18107 ;;;;;; (18161 20996))
18108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18110 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18111 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18115 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18116 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18120 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18121 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18125 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18126 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18132 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18133 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18134 ;;;;;; (18088 55110))
18135 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18137 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18138 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18139 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18143 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18144 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18145 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18146 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18147 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18148 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18149 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18151 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18153 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18154 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18155 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18156 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18157 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18159 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18160 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18162 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18164 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18165 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18166 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18167 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18168 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18170 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18171 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18173 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18177 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18178 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18179 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18128 32656))
18180 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18182 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18183 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18184 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18188 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18189 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18190 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18194 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18195 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18197 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18198 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18199 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18201 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18202 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18204 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18205 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18207 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18209 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18211 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18212 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18213 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18214 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18215 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18218 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18219 initial Subject field, respectively.
18221 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18222 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18225 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18228 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18230 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18231 Save draft and send message.
18233 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18234 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18235 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18238 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18239 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18240 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18242 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18243 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18244 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18245 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18246 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18247 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18249 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18250 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18254 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18255 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18257 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18258 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18259 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18260 delete the draft message.
18266 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18152 13227))
18267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18269 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18271 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18273 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18275 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18276 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18283 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18123 35153))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18286 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18287 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18288 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18290 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18291 the MH mail system.
18293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18295 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18296 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18297 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18299 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18300 the MH mail system.
18302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18304 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18305 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18307 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18308 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18309 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18312 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18313 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18314 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18317 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18321 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18322 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18323 can be used in several ways.
18325 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18326 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18327 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18328 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18332 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18333 The range must be nonempty.
18338 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18339 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18346 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18349 All of the messages.
18351 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18352 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18354 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18355 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18356 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18358 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18364 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18365 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18088 55086))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18368 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18369 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18370 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18371 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18372 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18373 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18374 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18375 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18376 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18377 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18378 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18382 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18383 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18384 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18385 to its second argument TM.
18387 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18391 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18392 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18088 55087))
18393 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18395 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18396 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18397 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18399 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18400 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18402 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18404 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18405 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18406 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18407 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18408 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18409 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18410 default indication.
18412 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18413 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18419 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18420 ;;;;;; (18088 55117))
18421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18423 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18424 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18429 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18433 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18434 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18435 ;;;;;; (18088 55109))
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18438 (autoload 'malayalam-compose-region "mlm-util" "\
18441 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18443 (autoload 'malayalam-post-read-conversion "mlm-util" "\
18446 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18448 (autoload 'malayalam-composition-function "mlm-util" "\
18449 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18450 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18453 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18457 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18458 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18088 55104))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18461 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18462 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18464 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18466 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18467 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18468 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18469 the entire message.
18470 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18472 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18476 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18477 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
18478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18480 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18481 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18482 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18483 the entire message.
18484 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18486 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18490 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18491 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18212 46007))
18492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18494 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18495 Insert file contents of URL.
18496 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18498 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18500 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18501 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18503 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18507 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18508 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18212 46007))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18511 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18512 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18513 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18514 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18515 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18517 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18519 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18520 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18521 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18523 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18527 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18528 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18531 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18534 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18536 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18539 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18543 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18544 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18545 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18212 46007))
18546 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18548 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18551 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18553 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18556 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18558 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18561 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18563 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18566 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18568 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18571 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18573 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18576 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18578 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18585 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18586 ;;;;;; (18130 62049))
18587 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18589 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18590 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18591 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18592 followed by the first character of the construct.
18594 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18595 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18596 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18597 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18598 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18599 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18600 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18601 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18602 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18603 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18604 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18605 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18606 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18609 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18610 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18611 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18617 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18618 ;;;;;; (18088 55114))
18619 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18621 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18622 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18624 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18626 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18627 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18629 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18633 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18088
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18637 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18638 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18639 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18641 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18642 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18644 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18646 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18647 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18648 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18649 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18651 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18653 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18655 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18657 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18658 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18659 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18660 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18661 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18662 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18664 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18665 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18666 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18667 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18668 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18670 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18671 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18673 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18674 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18676 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18678 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18679 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18680 primary selection and region.
18682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18686 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18088 55114))
18687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18689 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18690 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18696 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18211 32385))
18697 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18699 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18700 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18701 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18702 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18703 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18704 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18706 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18708 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18710 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18711 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18712 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18718 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18719 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18720 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18721 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18722 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18723 ;;;;;; (18173 8195))
18724 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18726 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist `((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252)))) "\
18727 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18728 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18729 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18730 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18731 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18732 set of ISO charsets.
18734 Each element has the following format:
18735 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18737 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18739 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18740 CHARSET are mapped.
18742 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18743 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18744 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18745 character code in CHARSET.
18747 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18748 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18749 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18751 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18752 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18754 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18755 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18757 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18758 Display a list of all character sets.
18760 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18761 internal Emacs use.
18763 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18764 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18765 hexadecimal digits.
18766 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18767 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18769 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18770 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18771 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18772 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18774 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18775 but still shows the full information.
18779 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18780 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18781 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18782 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18783 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18785 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18786 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18787 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18788 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18789 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18791 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18793 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18794 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18795 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18796 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18797 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18799 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18801 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18802 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18804 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18806 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18807 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18809 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18811 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18812 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18814 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18815 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18817 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18818 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18819 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18820 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18821 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18822 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18823 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18824 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18825 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18826 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18827 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18828 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18829 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18830 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18831 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18832 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18836 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18837 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18841 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18842 Display a list of all coding systems.
18843 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18845 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18846 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18850 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18851 Display a list of all coding categories.
18855 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18856 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18857 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18859 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18861 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18862 Display information about FONTSET.
18863 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18865 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18867 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18868 Display a list of all fontsets.
18869 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18870 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18871 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18875 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18876 Display information about all input methods.
18880 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18881 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18883 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18884 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18885 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18886 system which uses fontsets).
18892 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18893 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18894 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18895 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18896 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18897 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18088 55108))
18898 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18900 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18901 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18902 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18904 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18906 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18908 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18909 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18911 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18912 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18914 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18915 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18917 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18919 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18920 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18921 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18922 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18923 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18924 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18925 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18927 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18928 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18929 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18930 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18931 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18932 middle of a character in STR.
18934 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18935 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18937 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18938 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18939 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18940 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18941 defaults to \"...\".
18943 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18945 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18946 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18948 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18949 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18950 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18952 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18953 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18954 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18956 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18957 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18958 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18960 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18961 longer than KEYSEQ.
18962 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18964 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18966 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18967 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18968 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18969 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18970 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18971 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18972 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18973 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18974 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18975 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18976 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18978 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18980 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18981 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18983 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18985 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18986 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18988 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18990 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18991 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18993 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18995 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18996 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18998 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19000 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19001 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19002 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19003 coding systems ordered by priority.
19005 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
19007 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19008 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19009 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19010 language environment LANG-ENV.
19012 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19014 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19015 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19016 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19017 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
19018 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
19019 basis, this may not be accurate.
19021 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19025 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
19026 ;;;;;; (18088 55087))
19027 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
19029 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
19030 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
19031 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19034 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
19036 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
19038 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
19039 Toggle mouse wheel support.
19040 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19041 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19045 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
19046 Enable mouse wheel support.
19048 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
19052 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
19053 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
19054 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
19055 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18088 55112))
19056 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19058 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19059 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19061 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19063 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19065 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19066 `ping-program-options'.
19070 (autoload 'ipconfig "net-utils" "\
19071 Run ipconfig program.
19075 (defalias 'ifconfig 'ipconfig)
19077 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19078 Run netstat program.
19082 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19083 Run the arp program.
19087 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19088 Run the route program.
19092 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19093 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19097 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19098 Run nslookup program.
19102 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19103 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19107 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19112 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19117 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19118 Finger USER on HOST.
19120 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19122 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19123 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19124 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19125 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19127 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19129 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19134 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19135 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19137 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19139 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19140 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19142 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19146 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19147 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19148 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19149 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19150 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19151 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18210 13714))
19152 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19154 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19156 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19158 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19160 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19162 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19163 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19164 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19165 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19166 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19167 Major modes should set this variable.")
19169 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19170 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19171 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19172 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19173 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19174 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19176 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19177 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19179 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19180 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19181 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19183 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19184 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19185 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19186 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19187 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19189 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19190 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19191 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19193 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19194 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19195 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19196 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19198 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19199 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19200 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19201 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19202 column indentation or nil.
19203 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19205 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19206 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19207 The function has no args.
19209 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19210 comments always start in column zero.")
19212 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
19213 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19214 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19216 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19218 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19219 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19220 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19221 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19223 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19224 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19226 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19228 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19229 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19230 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19231 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19232 customize this variable.
19234 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19235 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19237 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19239 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19240 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19241 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19242 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19243 the variables are properly set.
19245 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19247 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19248 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19252 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19253 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19254 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19256 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19258 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19259 Set the comment column based on point.
19260 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19261 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19262 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19263 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19267 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19268 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19269 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19273 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19274 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19275 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19278 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19280 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19281 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19282 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19283 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19284 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19285 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19286 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19287 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19289 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19290 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19292 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19294 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19295 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19296 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19297 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19299 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19301 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19302 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19303 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19304 is passed on to the respective function.
19306 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19308 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19309 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19310 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19311 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19312 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19313 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19314 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19315 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19316 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19320 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19321 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19322 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19324 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19326 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19327 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19328 This indents the body of the continued comment
19329 under the previous comment line.
19331 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19332 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19333 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19335 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19336 or comment indentation.
19338 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19339 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19341 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19345 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19346 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19347 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18088 55112))
19348 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19350 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19351 Check whether newsticker is running.
19352 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19353 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19357 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19358 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19359 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19360 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19365 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
19366 Start the newsticker.
19367 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19368 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19369 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19370 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19372 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19374 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19375 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19376 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19381 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19382 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19388 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19389 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
19390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19392 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19393 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19395 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19399 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18212
19401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19403 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19404 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19405 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19406 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19407 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19408 symbol in the alist.
19410 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19414 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19415 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
19416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19418 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19419 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19420 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19426 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19427 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
19428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19430 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19431 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19432 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19438 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19439 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
19440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19442 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19443 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19445 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19449 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19450 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18212 46007))
19451 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19453 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19454 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19458 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19459 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19463 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19464 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19470 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19471 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18088 55087))
19472 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19474 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19475 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19476 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19478 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19480 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19483 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19485 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19486 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19487 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19488 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19489 to future sessions.
19491 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19493 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19494 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19495 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19496 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19497 to future sessions.
19499 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19503 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19504 ;;;;;; (18120 34753))
19505 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19507 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19508 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19510 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19511 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19512 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19518 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19519 ;;;;;; (18088 55117))
19520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19522 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19523 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19524 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19525 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19526 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19532 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19533 ;;;;;; (18164 24097))
19534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19536 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19537 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19538 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19540 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19542 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19543 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19545 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19546 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19547 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19551 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19555 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19556 ;;;;;; (18203 37789))
19557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19559 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19560 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19562 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19563 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19564 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19565 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19567 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19568 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19569 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19570 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19571 is why you need this mode!).
19573 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19574 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19575 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19577 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19582 \\{octave-mode-map}
19584 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19585 ==============================================
19587 `octave-auto-indent'
19588 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19591 `octave-auto-newline'
19592 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19595 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19596 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19597 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19599 `octave-block-offset'
19600 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19603 `octave-continuation-offset'
19604 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19607 `octave-continuation-string'
19608 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19609 Default is a backslash.
19611 `octave-send-echo-input'
19612 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19613 command to the inferior Octave process.
19615 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19616 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19617 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19619 `octave-send-echo-input'
19620 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19622 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19624 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19625 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19627 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19629 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19630 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19632 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19635 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19637 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19638 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19639 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19640 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19646 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19647 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19648 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views
19649 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19650 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt org-remember-handler org-remember
19651 ;;;;;; org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation org-open-at-point-global
19652 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19653 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19654 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19655 ;;;;;; "textmodes/org.el" (18208 48754))
19656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19658 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19659 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19660 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19662 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19663 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19664 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19665 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19666 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19667 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19668 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19669 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19670 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19671 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19673 The following commands are available:
19679 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19680 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19682 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19683 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19684 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19685 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19686 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19688 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19689 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19690 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19691 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19692 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19693 and zoom in further.
19694 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19696 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19697 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19698 is negative, go up that many levels.
19700 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19701 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19702 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19704 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19705 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19706 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19710 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19711 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19715 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19716 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19717 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19718 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19719 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19722 M-up Move entry/item up
19723 M-down Move entry/item down
19726 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19727 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19728 M-S-left Promote subtree
19729 M-S-right Demote subtree
19730 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19732 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19733 TAB Cycle item visibility
19734 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19735 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19736 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19740 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19741 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19745 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19746 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19747 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19748 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19749 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additonal settings.
19753 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19756 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19758 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19759 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19763 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
19764 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19768 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19769 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19770 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19771 \\[org-insert-link].
19772 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19773 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19774 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19778 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19779 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19780 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19784 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19785 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19786 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19791 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
19792 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19793 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19794 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19795 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19799 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
19800 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19801 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19802 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19804 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19806 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
19807 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19808 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19809 of the remember buffer.
19811 \(fn &optional ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19813 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
19814 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19815 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19816 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19817 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19818 file the text at a specific location.
19819 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19820 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19821 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19823 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19824 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19825 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19826 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19827 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19828 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19829 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19830 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19832 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19833 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19834 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19835 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19836 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19837 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19839 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19840 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19841 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19843 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19844 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19845 \(i.e. after the stars).
19847 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19851 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org" "\
19852 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19853 When prefixed, prompt for a regular expression and use it as a
19854 filter: only add entries if they match this regular expression.
19856 FILTER can be a string. In this case, use this string as a
19857 regular expression to filter results.
19859 FILTER can also be an alist, with the car of each cell being
19860 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19862 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19863 (category \"Work\"))
19865 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19866 belonging to the category \"Work\".
19868 \(fn &optional FILTER)" t nil)
19870 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
19871 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19872 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19873 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19875 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19876 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19877 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19878 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19879 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19880 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19881 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19882 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19883 e Export views to associated files.
19885 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19886 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19887 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19889 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19890 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19891 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19892 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19895 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19897 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
19898 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19899 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19900 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19901 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19902 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19903 before running the agenda command.
19905 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19907 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
19908 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19909 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19910 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19911 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19912 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19913 before running the agenda command.
19915 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19916 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19918 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19920 category The category of the item
19921 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19922 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19923 todo selected in TODO match
19924 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19925 diary imported from diary
19926 deadline a deadline on given date
19927 scheduled scheduled on given date
19928 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19929 closed entry was closed on given date
19930 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19931 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19932 block entry has date block including g. date
19933 todo The todo keyword, if any
19934 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19935 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19936 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19937 extra Sting with extra planning info
19938 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19939 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19940 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19942 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19944 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19947 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19949 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19950 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19952 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19954 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19955 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19956 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19957 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19961 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
19962 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19963 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19964 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19966 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19967 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19968 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19971 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19972 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19973 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19975 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19976 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19978 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19980 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
19981 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19982 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19983 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19984 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19985 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19989 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
19990 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19991 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19993 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19995 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
19996 Return diary information from org-files.
19997 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19998 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19999 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20000 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20002 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20003 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20004 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20006 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20008 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20009 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20010 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20011 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20013 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20014 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20015 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20017 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20018 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20019 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20020 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20022 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20024 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20026 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20027 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20031 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20032 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20033 So the example above may also be written as
20035 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20037 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20038 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20039 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20041 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20043 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
20044 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20045 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20046 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20050 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
20051 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20052 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20053 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20057 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
20058 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20059 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20065 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
20066 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20067 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
20068 ;;;;;; (18214 4479))
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
20071 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20072 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20074 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20075 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20076 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20080 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20081 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20082 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20086 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20087 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20088 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20089 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20090 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20091 then use this command to convert it.
20093 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20095 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20096 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20097 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20098 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20099 cut-and-paste operations.
20100 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20101 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20102 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20103 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20105 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20107 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20108 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20110 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20112 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20113 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20115 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY)" t nil)
20119 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
20120 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18214
20122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20124 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20125 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
20127 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20129 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20130 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20131 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
20133 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20135 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20136 Publish the current file.
20137 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20139 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20141 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20142 Publish all projects.
20143 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20145 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20149 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20150 ;;;;;; (18187 36839))
20151 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20152 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20154 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20155 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20156 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20157 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20159 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20160 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20161 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20162 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20164 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20165 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20166 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20167 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20168 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20169 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20171 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20172 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20173 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20175 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20176 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20177 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20178 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20179 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20180 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20181 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20182 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20183 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20184 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20185 The subheadings remain visible.
20186 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20188 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20189 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20190 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20192 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20193 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20197 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20198 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20199 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20200 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18088
20208 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20209 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20210 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20211 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20212 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20213 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20214 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20215 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20216 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20217 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20221 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18088 55087))
20222 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20224 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20225 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20226 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20227 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20228 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20229 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20231 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20233 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20234 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20235 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20236 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20238 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20239 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20245 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20246 ;;;;;; (18088 55094))
20247 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20249 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20250 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20251 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20252 unknown are returned as nil.
20254 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20258 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18088
20260 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20262 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20263 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20264 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20266 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20267 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20269 Other useful functions are:
20271 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20272 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20273 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20274 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20275 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20276 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20277 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20278 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20279 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20281 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20283 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20284 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20285 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20286 Indentation for case statements.
20287 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20288 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20290 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20291 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20292 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20293 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20294 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20295 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20296 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20297 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20298 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20299 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20301 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20302 pascal-separator-keywords.
20304 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20305 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20311 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20312 ;;;;;; (18088 55097))
20313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20315 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20316 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20317 The keys affected are:
20318 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20319 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20320 M-Backspace does undo.
20321 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20322 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20323 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20329 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20330 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (18210 30826))
20331 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20333 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20334 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20335 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20336 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20337 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20338 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20340 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20342 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20343 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20345 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20347 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20348 which modify the status of the mark.
20350 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20351 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20353 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20354 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20356 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20357 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20358 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20359 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20360 turning PC Selection mode on.
20362 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20363 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20365 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20366 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20367 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20369 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20370 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20371 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20373 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20374 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20376 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20377 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20378 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20380 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20381 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20382 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20388 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20389 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20394 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20395 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20396 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20397 and cursor movement commands.
20398 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20399 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20400 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20402 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20406 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18088
20408 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20410 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20411 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20417 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20418 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18088 55087))
20419 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20421 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20422 Completion for `gzip'.
20426 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20427 Completion for `bzip2'.
20431 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20432 Completion for GNU `make'.
20436 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20437 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20441 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20445 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20446 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18088 55087))
20447 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20449 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20450 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20454 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20455 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20460 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20466 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18088
20468 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20470 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20471 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20472 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20473 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20474 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20475 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20481 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20482 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20483 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18088 55087))
20484 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20486 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20487 Completion for `cd'.
20491 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20494 Completion for `rmdir'.
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20499 Completion for `rm'.
20503 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20504 Completion for `xargs'.
20508 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20511 Completion for `which'.
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20516 Completion for the `chown' command.
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20521 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20527 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20528 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20529 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18088
20531 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20534 Support extensible programmable completion.
20535 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20536 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20538 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20540 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20541 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20545 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20546 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20547 This will modify the current buffer.
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20552 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20556 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20557 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20558 This will modify the current buffer.
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20563 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20568 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20572 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20573 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20574 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20575 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20576 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20578 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20580 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20581 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20587 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20588 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20589 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18190 46607))
20590 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20592 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20593 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20594 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20595 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20597 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20599 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20601 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20602 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20603 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20604 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20605 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20606 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20609 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20611 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20612 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20613 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20614 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20615 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20616 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20617 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20618 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20620 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20622 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20623 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20624 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20625 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20626 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20627 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20628 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20631 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20633 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20634 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20635 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20636 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20637 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20638 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20639 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20641 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20643 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20645 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20646 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20647 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20649 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20651 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20652 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20653 A value of nil means never do it.
20654 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20655 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20656 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20658 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20660 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20661 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20662 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18187 36839))
20667 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20669 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20673 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20674 ;;;;;; (18128 36990))
20675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20676 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20678 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20679 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20680 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20681 Tab indents for Perl code.
20682 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20683 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20684 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20686 Variables controlling indentation style:
20687 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20688 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20689 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20690 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20691 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20692 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20693 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20695 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20696 `perl-indent-level'
20697 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20698 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20699 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20700 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20701 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20702 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20703 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20704 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20705 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20706 `perl-brace-offset'
20707 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20708 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20709 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20710 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20711 `perl-label-offset'
20712 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20713 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20714 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20716 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20717 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20718 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20719 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20720 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20721 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20722 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20724 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20730 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20731 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20732 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20733 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18088 55088))
20734 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20736 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20737 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20739 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20741 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20742 passphrase cache or user.
20744 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20746 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20747 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20749 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20752 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20754 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20755 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20757 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20760 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20761 passphrase cache or user.
20763 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20765 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20766 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20768 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20770 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20773 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20774 passphrase cache or user.
20776 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20778 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20779 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20781 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20782 passphrase cache or user.
20784 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20786 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20787 Decrypt the current buffer.
20789 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20792 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20793 passphrase cache or user.
20795 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20797 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20798 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20800 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20801 a detached signature.
20803 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20804 and the output is displayed.
20806 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20807 passphrase cache or user.
20809 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20811 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20812 Sign the current buffer.
20814 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20815 detached signature.
20817 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20820 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20821 and the output is displayed.
20823 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20824 passphrase cache or user.
20826 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20828 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20829 Verify the current region between START and END.
20830 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20831 the detached signature of the current region.
20833 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20834 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20836 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20838 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20839 Verify the current buffer.
20840 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20841 the detached signature of the current region.
20842 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20843 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20844 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20847 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20849 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20850 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20854 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20855 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20857 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20859 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20860 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20866 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20867 ;;;;;; (18088 55087))
20868 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20870 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20871 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20873 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20877 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20878 ;;;;;; (18088 55120))
20879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20881 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20882 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20883 \\<picture-mode-map>
20884 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20885 afterwards settable by these commands:
20887 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20888 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20889 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20890 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20892 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20893 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20894 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20895 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20897 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20898 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20899 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20900 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20902 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20903 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20904 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20905 with these commands:
20907 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20908 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20909 Move to column following last
20910 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20911 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20912 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20913 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20914 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20915 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20917 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20919 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20920 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20921 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20922 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20923 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20924 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20926 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20927 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20928 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20929 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20930 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20931 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20932 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20934 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20935 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20936 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20937 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20938 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20939 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20940 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20941 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20943 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20944 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20945 by supplying an argument.
20947 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20949 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20950 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20954 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20958 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20959 ;;;;;; (18088 55120))
20960 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20962 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20963 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20964 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20966 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20970 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18088 55114))
20971 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20973 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20974 Play pong and waste time.
20975 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20976 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20978 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20986 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20987 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18098 47345))
20988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20990 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20991 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20992 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20993 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20995 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20997 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20998 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21002 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21003 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21004 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21005 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21006 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21008 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21010 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21011 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21012 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21014 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21016 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21017 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
21018 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21019 Ignores leading comment characters.
21025 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21026 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21027 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21028 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21029 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21030 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21031 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21032 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21033 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21034 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21035 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21036 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21037 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21038 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21039 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21040 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21041 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21042 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21043 ;;;;;; (18211 32385))
21044 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21046 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21047 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21049 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21051 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21053 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21055 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21056 Preview directory using ghostview.
21058 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21059 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21060 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21061 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21063 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21064 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21065 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21066 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21067 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21070 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21072 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21074 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21075 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21077 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21078 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21079 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21080 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21082 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21083 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21084 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21085 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21086 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21089 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21091 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21093 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21094 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21096 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21097 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21098 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21099 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21101 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21102 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21103 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21104 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21105 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21108 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21110 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21112 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21113 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21115 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21117 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21118 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21119 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21120 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21122 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21123 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21124 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21125 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21126 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21129 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21131 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21133 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21134 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21136 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21137 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21138 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21140 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21141 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21142 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21143 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21145 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21147 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21148 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21150 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21151 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21152 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21154 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21155 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21156 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21157 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21159 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21161 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21162 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21164 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21165 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21166 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21168 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21169 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21170 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21171 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21173 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21175 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21176 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21178 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21180 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21181 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21182 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21184 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21185 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21186 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21187 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21189 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21191 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21192 Preview region using ghostview.
21194 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21196 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21198 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21199 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21201 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21203 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21205 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21206 Print region using PostScript printer.
21208 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21210 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21212 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21213 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21215 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21217 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21219 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21220 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21222 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21224 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21226 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21227 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21229 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21231 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21233 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21234 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21236 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21238 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21240 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21241 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21243 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21245 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21247 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21248 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21249 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21250 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21252 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21255 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21256 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21258 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21260 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21262 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21263 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21264 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21265 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21269 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21270 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21271 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21272 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21276 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21277 Print directory using text printer.
21279 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21282 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21283 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21285 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21287 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21289 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21290 Print buffer using text printer.
21294 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21295 Print region using text printer.
21299 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21300 Print major mode using text printer.
21304 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21305 Preview spooled PostScript.
21307 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21308 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21309 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21311 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21312 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21313 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21315 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21317 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21318 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21320 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21321 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21322 instead of sending it to the printer.
21324 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21325 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21326 image in a file with that name.
21328 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21330 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21331 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21333 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21334 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21335 instead of sending it to the printer.
21337 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21338 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21339 image in a file with that name.
21341 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21343 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21344 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21346 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21347 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21348 instead of sending it to the printer.
21350 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21351 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21352 image in a file with that name.
21354 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21356 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21357 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21359 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21361 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21362 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21364 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21366 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21367 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21369 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21371 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21372 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21374 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21376 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21377 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21379 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21381 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21382 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21384 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21385 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21386 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21387 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21389 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21390 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21391 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21392 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21393 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21394 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21397 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21399 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21400 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21404 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21405 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21407 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21409 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21414 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21415 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21419 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21420 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21424 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21425 Toggle printing with faces.
21429 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21434 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21439 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21442 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21444 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21449 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21454 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21455 Toggle upside-down.
21459 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21460 Toggle line number.
21464 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21465 Toggle zebra stripes.
21469 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21470 Toggle printing header.
21474 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21475 Toggle printing header frame.
21479 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21484 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21485 Toggle auto region.
21489 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21494 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21495 Customization of the `printing' group.
21497 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21499 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21500 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21502 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21504 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21505 Help for the printing package.
21507 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21510 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21514 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21515 Interactively select a text printer.
21519 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21520 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21524 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21525 Show current ps-print settings.
21527 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21529 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21530 Show current printing settings.
21532 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21534 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21535 Show current lpr settings.
21537 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21539 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21540 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21542 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21543 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21544 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21545 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21548 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21550 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21551 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21552 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21554 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21555 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21556 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21557 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21558 current active printer.
21560 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21561 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21562 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21565 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21566 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21567 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21568 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21569 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21572 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21573 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21575 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21577 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21578 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21579 be done using the new current active printer.
21581 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21582 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21585 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21586 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21587 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21588 instead of sending it to the printer.
21590 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21591 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21594 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21597 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21600 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21602 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21603 Fast fire function for text printing.
21605 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21606 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21607 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21608 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21610 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21611 user for a new active text printer.
21613 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21615 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21617 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21618 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21621 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21623 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21626 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21630 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21631 ;;;;;; (18203 37789))
21632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21634 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21635 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21636 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21638 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21639 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21640 if that value is non-nil.
21644 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21646 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21647 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21648 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21650 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18088 55088))
21655 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21657 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21658 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21659 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21663 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18210
21665 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21667 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21668 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21670 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21672 The following variables hold user options, and can
21673 be set through the `customize' command:
21675 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21677 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21678 `ps-mode-print-function'
21680 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21684 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21687 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21693 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21694 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21695 The keymap for this second window is:
21697 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21700 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21701 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21702 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21703 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21704 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21710 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21711 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21712 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21713 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21714 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21715 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18214
21717 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21719 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21720 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21721 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21723 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21725 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21726 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21727 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21728 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21730 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21732 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21733 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21737 nil Do not print colors.
21741 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21742 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21744 Any other value is treated as t.")
21746 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21748 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21749 Customization of ps-print group.
21753 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21754 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21756 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21757 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21758 sending it to the printer.
21760 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21761 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21762 image in a file with that name.
21764 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21766 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21767 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21768 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21769 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21770 so it has a way to determine color values.
21772 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21774 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21775 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21776 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21778 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21780 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21781 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21782 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21783 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21784 so it has a way to determine color values.
21786 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21788 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21789 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21790 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21791 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21793 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21797 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21798 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21799 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21800 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21801 so it has a way to determine color values.
21803 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21807 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21808 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21809 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21811 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21813 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21815 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21816 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21817 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21818 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21819 so it has a way to determine color values.
21821 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21823 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21825 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21826 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21828 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21829 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21830 instead of sending it to the printer.
21832 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21833 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21834 image in a file with that name.
21836 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21838 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21839 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21840 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21841 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21842 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21846 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21847 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21848 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21850 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21852 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21853 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21854 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21856 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21858 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21859 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21863 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21864 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21866 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21867 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21869 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21870 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21872 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21874 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21876 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21878 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21879 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21881 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21882 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21884 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21885 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21887 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21889 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21891 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21893 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21894 foreground and background colors respectively.
21896 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21897 bold - use bold font.
21898 italic - use italic font.
21899 underline - put a line under text.
21900 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21901 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21902 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21903 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21904 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21906 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21908 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21912 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21913 ;;;;;; (18208 48754))
21914 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21916 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21918 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21920 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21922 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21923 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21924 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21925 buffer automatically.
21927 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21928 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21929 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21930 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21931 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21932 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21933 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21935 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21936 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21937 buffer for a list of commands.)
21939 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21941 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21942 Major mode for editing Python files.
21943 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21944 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21945 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21946 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21948 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21949 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21950 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21951 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21952 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21953 \\<python-mode-map>
21954 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21955 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21956 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21957 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21958 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21959 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21961 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21962 effect outside them.
21964 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21965 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21966 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21967 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21968 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21969 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21970 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21971 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21972 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21974 \\{python-mode-map}
21978 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21979 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21980 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21981 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21987 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21988 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
21989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21991 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21992 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21993 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21996 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21997 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21999 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22000 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22001 them into characters should be done separately.
22003 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22007 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22008 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22009 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22010 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22011 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18120 34751))
22012 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22014 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22015 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22019 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22020 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22021 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22023 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22024 `quail-activate', which see.
22026 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22028 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22029 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22030 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22031 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22032 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22033 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22034 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22036 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22037 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22038 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22039 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22040 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22042 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22044 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22045 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22046 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22047 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22048 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22049 list of candidates.
22051 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22052 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22053 command to be called.
22055 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22056 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22057 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22058 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22060 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22061 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22062 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22063 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22064 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22067 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22068 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22069 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22070 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22072 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22073 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22074 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22075 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22077 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22078 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22079 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22080 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22081 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22082 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22084 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22085 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22086 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22087 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22088 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22089 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22091 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22092 covers Quail translation region.
22094 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22095 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22096 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22097 for it) is inserted.
22099 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22100 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22101 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22103 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22104 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22105 non-Quail commands.
22107 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22109 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22110 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22112 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22113 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22114 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22115 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22116 you type is correctly handled.
22118 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22120 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22121 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22123 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22126 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22128 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22129 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22130 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22131 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22132 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22133 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22134 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22135 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22136 for the translation.
22137 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22139 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22140 it is used to handle KEY.
22142 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22143 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22144 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22145 the following annotation types are supported.
22147 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22148 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22150 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22153 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22154 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22155 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22158 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22159 generated for the following translations.
22161 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22163 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22164 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22166 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22167 which to install MAP.
22169 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22171 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22173 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22174 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22176 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22177 which to install MAP.
22179 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22181 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22183 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22184 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22185 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22186 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22187 a function, or a cons.
22188 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22189 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22190 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22191 for the translation.
22192 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22193 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22194 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22195 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22196 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22198 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22199 it is used to handle KEY.
22201 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22202 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22203 current Quail package.
22205 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22206 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22208 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22210 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22211 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22213 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22214 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22216 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22218 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22219 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22221 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22223 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22224 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22225 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22226 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22227 of the Emacs source tree.
22229 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22230 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22232 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22233 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22236 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22240 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22241 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22242 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18088
22244 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22246 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22247 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22248 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22249 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22251 To make use of this do something like:
22253 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22255 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22257 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22258 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22260 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22261 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22262 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22264 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22266 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22267 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22269 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22271 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22272 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22274 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22277 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22279 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22280 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22282 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22283 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22284 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22286 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22288 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22289 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22291 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22293 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22294 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22298 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22299 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22301 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22303 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22307 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22308 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22314 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22315 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18213 14317))
22316 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22318 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22319 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22321 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22323 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22327 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22329 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22332 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22334 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22335 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22336 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22338 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22339 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22341 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22343 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22344 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22350 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18088
22352 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22354 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22355 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22358 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22362 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22363 ;;;;;; (18173 8195))
22364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22366 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22368 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22369 Construct a regexp interactively.
22375 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18161 20994))
22376 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22378 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22379 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22380 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22383 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22385 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22387 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22388 Toggle recentf mode.
22389 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22390 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22392 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22393 that were operated on recently.
22395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22399 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22400 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22401 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22402 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18088
22404 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22406 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22407 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22408 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22409 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22411 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22413 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22415 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22416 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22417 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22418 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22421 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22422 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22425 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22427 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22428 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22429 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22431 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22432 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22435 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22437 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22438 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22439 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22441 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22443 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22444 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22446 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22447 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22449 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22452 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22453 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22454 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22455 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22458 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22460 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22461 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22465 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22466 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22467 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22468 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22469 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22470 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22471 and point is at the lower right corner.
22473 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22475 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22476 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22478 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22479 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22481 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22482 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22483 on the right side of the rectangle.
22485 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22487 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22489 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22490 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22491 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22492 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22493 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22495 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22496 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22498 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22500 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22501 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22502 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22504 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22506 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22508 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22510 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22511 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22513 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22514 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22515 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22517 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22519 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22520 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22521 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22523 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22524 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22525 rectangle which were empty.
22527 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22531 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18120
22533 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22535 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22536 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22537 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22539 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22540 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22541 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22547 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22548 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18203 37790))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22551 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22552 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22556 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22557 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22559 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22560 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22562 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22563 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22564 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22567 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22568 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22569 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22571 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22572 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22573 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22575 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22576 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22578 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22579 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22581 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22582 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22585 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22589 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22590 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22591 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22597 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22598 ;;;;;; (18191 7159))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22601 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22602 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22603 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22604 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22605 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22606 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22608 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22610 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22612 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22613 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22614 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22615 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22616 `reftex-cite-format'.
22618 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22619 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22620 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22621 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22623 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22627 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22628 ;;;;;; (18120 34753))
22629 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22631 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22632 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22633 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22634 the current TeX document.
22636 With no argument, this command toggles
22637 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22638 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22644 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22645 ;;;;;; (18088 55120))
22646 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22648 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22649 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22650 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22652 To insert new phrases, use
22653 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22654 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22656 To index phrases use one of:
22658 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22659 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22660 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22661 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22662 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22664 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22665 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22667 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22669 Here are all local bindings.
22671 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22677 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22678 ;;;;;; (18088 55120))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22681 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22682 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22683 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22686 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18088
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22693 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22694 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22695 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22696 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22700 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22701 ;;;;;; (18088 55096))
22702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22704 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22705 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22706 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22707 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22708 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22709 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22711 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22712 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22714 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22717 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22719 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22720 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22721 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22722 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22724 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22728 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18187 36839))
22729 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22731 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22732 Repeat most recently executed command.
22733 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22734 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22735 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22737 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22738 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22739 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22740 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22742 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22743 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22744 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22746 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22750 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22751 ;;;;;; (18192 17587))
22752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22754 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22755 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22757 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22758 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22759 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22760 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22761 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22762 and point is left after the salutation.
22764 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22765 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22766 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22767 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22768 left after that text.
22770 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22773 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22774 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22775 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22776 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22778 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22782 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22783 ;;;;;; (18088 55088))
22784 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22786 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22787 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22788 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22789 visibility of comments that precede it.
22790 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22791 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22792 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22793 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22794 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22795 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22796 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22797 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22799 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22800 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22801 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22802 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22803 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22806 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22810 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18088
22812 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22814 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22815 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22821 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22822 ;;;;;; (18088 55088))
22823 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22825 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22826 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22827 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22829 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22830 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22831 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22835 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22836 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22837 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22840 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22842 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22844 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22845 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22846 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22848 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22849 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22850 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22856 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22857 ;;;;;; (18197 21672))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22860 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22861 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22865 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22866 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22868 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22872 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18088 55112))
22873 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22874 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22876 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22877 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22878 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22879 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22881 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22883 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22884 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22885 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22886 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22888 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22889 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22891 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22892 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22894 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22895 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22898 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22899 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22900 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22901 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22902 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22904 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22905 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22906 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22907 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22909 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22910 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22913 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22917 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22918 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22919 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22920 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22921 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22922 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22923 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18191
22925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22927 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22928 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22929 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22931 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22933 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22934 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22935 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22936 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22938 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22940 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22941 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22942 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22943 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22944 value is the user's email address and name.)
22945 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22947 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22948 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22949 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22950 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22951 which normally happens once for each message,
22952 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22953 To make a change in this variable take effect
22954 for a message that you have already viewed,
22955 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22957 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22959 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22960 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22961 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22962 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22964 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22966 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22967 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22969 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22971 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22972 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22973 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22974 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22976 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22978 (defvar rmail-highlight-face 'rmail-highlight "\
22979 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22981 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlight-face "rmail" t)
22983 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22984 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22986 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
22988 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22989 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22990 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22991 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22992 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22994 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22996 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22997 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22998 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22999 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23001 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
23003 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23004 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23006 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23008 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23009 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23011 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23013 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
23014 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23016 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
23018 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23019 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23021 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23022 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23024 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23025 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23027 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23029 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23030 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23032 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23033 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23034 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23035 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23037 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23038 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23040 This is set to nil by default.")
23042 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23043 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23044 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23045 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23046 until a user explicitly requires it.
23048 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23049 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23052 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
23054 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23055 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23056 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23057 It is called with no argument.")
23059 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23060 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23061 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23062 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23063 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23064 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23065 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23067 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23068 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23069 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23070 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23071 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23072 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23074 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23075 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23076 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23077 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23078 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23080 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23081 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23082 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23083 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23084 MSG is the message number,
23085 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23086 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23088 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23089 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23090 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23091 this feature is required with `require'.
23093 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23094 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23096 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23097 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23098 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23099 the message is decoded as normal way.
23101 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23102 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23103 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23105 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23106 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23107 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23109 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23110 Read and edit incoming mail.
23111 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23112 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23113 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23115 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23116 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23117 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23118 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23120 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23122 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23124 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23125 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23126 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23127 Instead, these commands are available:
23129 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23130 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23131 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23132 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23133 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23134 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23135 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23136 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23137 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23138 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23139 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23140 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23141 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23142 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23143 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23144 till a deleted message is found.
23145 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23146 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23147 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23148 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23149 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23150 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23151 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23152 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23153 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23154 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23155 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23156 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23157 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23158 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23159 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23160 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23161 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23162 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23163 (label defaults to last one specified).
23164 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23165 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23166 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23167 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23168 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23169 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23170 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23171 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23172 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23176 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23177 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23179 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23181 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23182 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23184 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23188 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23189 ;;;;;; (18088 55110))
23190 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23192 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23193 Edit the contents of this message.
23199 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23200 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23201 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18088 55110))
23202 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23204 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23205 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23206 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23208 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23210 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23211 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23212 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23214 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23216 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23219 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23221 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23222 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23223 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23224 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23225 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23227 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23229 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23230 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23231 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23232 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23233 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23235 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23239 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23240 ;;;;;; (18088 55110))
23241 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23243 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23244 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23245 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23246 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23248 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23252 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23253 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23254 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18088 55110))
23255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23257 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23258 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23259 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23260 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23261 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23262 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23263 a file name as a string.")
23265 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23267 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23268 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23269 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23270 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23271 buffer visiting that file.
23272 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23273 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23275 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23276 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23278 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23279 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23281 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23282 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23284 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23286 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23287 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23289 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23291 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23292 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23293 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23294 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23295 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23297 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23298 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23299 will be appended with their original headers.
23301 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23302 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23304 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23305 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23307 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23309 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23311 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23312 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23313 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23315 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23319 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23320 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23321 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18088
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23325 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23326 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23327 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23329 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23331 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23332 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23333 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23335 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23337 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23338 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23339 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23341 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23343 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23344 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23345 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23347 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23349 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23350 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23351 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23353 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23355 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23356 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23357 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23359 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23361 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23362 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23363 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23364 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23366 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23370 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23371 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23372 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23373 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23374 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18101 9759))
23375 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23377 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23378 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23380 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23382 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23383 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23385 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23387 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23388 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23392 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23393 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23394 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23396 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23398 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23399 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23400 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23401 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23402 only look in the To and From fields.
23403 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23405 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23407 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23408 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23409 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23410 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23411 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23413 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23415 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23416 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23417 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23418 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23419 look in the whole message.
23420 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23422 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23424 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23425 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23426 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23428 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23430 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23431 *Function to decode summary-line.
23433 By default, `identity' is set.")
23435 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23437 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23438 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23439 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23440 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23441 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23442 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23443 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23445 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23446 sent by you under different user names.
23447 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23449 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23451 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23455 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23456 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18088 55088))
23457 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23459 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23460 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23462 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23464 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23465 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23467 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23469 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23470 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23472 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23474 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23475 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23476 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23478 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23479 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23482 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23486 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23487 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23493 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18088
23495 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23497 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23498 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23504 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18142
23506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23508 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23509 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23510 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23511 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23513 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23515 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23516 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23517 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23518 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23520 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23524 matches string STRING literally.
23527 matches character CHAR literally.
23529 `not-newline', `nonl'
23530 matches any character except a newline.
23533 matches any character
23538 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23539 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23540 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23542 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23543 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23544 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23545 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23547 `(not (any SET ...))'
23548 matches any character not in SET ...
23550 `line-start', `bol'
23551 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23552 in the text being matched
23555 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23557 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23558 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23559 string being matched against.
23561 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23562 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23563 string being matched against.
23566 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23567 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23570 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23571 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23574 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23576 `word-start', `bow'
23577 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23580 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23583 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23586 `(not word-boundary)'
23587 `not-word-boundary'
23588 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23592 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23595 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23597 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23598 matches 0 through 9.
23601 matches ASCII control characters.
23603 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23604 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23607 matches space and tab only.
23610 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23613 `printing', `print'
23614 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23617 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23618 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23619 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23621 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23622 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23623 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23626 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23629 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23631 `lower', `lower-case'
23632 matches anything lower-case.
23634 `upper', `upper-case'
23635 matches anything upper-case.
23637 `punctuation', `punct'
23638 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23639 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23641 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23642 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23645 matches anything that has word syntax.
23648 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23651 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23652 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23653 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23655 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23656 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23659 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23660 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23661 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23662 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23663 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23665 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23666 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23667 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23668 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23669 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23671 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23672 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23674 `(category CATEGORY)'
23675 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23676 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23678 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23679 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23680 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23681 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23685 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23686 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23687 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23688 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23689 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23690 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23691 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23692 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23693 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23694 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23695 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23696 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23697 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23698 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23707 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23711 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23713 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23718 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23719 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23721 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23722 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23723 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23724 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23725 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23727 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23728 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23729 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23730 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23732 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23733 another name for `submatch'.
23735 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23736 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23737 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23738 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23739 regular expression.
23741 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23742 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23743 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23744 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23745 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23747 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23748 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23750 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23751 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23753 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23755 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23758 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23759 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23762 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23763 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23765 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23767 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23770 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23773 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23775 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23776 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23778 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23781 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23784 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23788 matches N occurrences.
23791 matches N or more occurrences.
23793 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23794 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23795 matches N to M occurrences.
23798 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23801 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23804 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23807 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23811 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23813 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23817 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23818 ;;;;;; (18211 32385))
23819 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23821 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23822 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23823 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23826 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23828 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23829 Toggle savehist-mode.
23830 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23831 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23832 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23833 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23835 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23836 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23837 which is probably undesirable.
23843 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23844 ;;;;;; (18120 34753))
23845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23847 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23848 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23849 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23851 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23852 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23853 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23854 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23855 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23856 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23857 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23858 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23861 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23862 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23863 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23864 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23865 if that value is non-nil.
23869 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23870 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23871 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23874 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23875 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23876 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23877 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23878 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23879 that variable's value is a string.
23885 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23886 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
23887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23889 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23890 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23891 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23893 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23899 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23900 ;;;;;; (18088 55088))
23901 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23903 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23904 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23905 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23907 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23908 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23910 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23912 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23913 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23914 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23915 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23916 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23922 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23923 ;;;;;; (18202 3996))
23924 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23926 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23927 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23928 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23929 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23930 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23937 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23938 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23939 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23940 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23941 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23942 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23943 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23944 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23945 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18197 21674))
23946 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23948 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
23949 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23951 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23953 If `parens', they look like:
23954 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23955 If `angles', they look like:
23956 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23957 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23958 derived from the envelope-from address.
23960 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23961 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23962 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23963 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23965 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23967 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23968 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23969 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23970 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23972 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23973 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23974 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23975 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23977 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23979 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23980 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23981 This is done when the message is initialized,
23982 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23984 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23986 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23987 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23988 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23990 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23992 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23994 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23995 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23996 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23997 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23998 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23999 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24000 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24002 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24004 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24005 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24007 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24009 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24010 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24011 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24013 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24015 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24016 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24017 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24018 when you first send mail.")
24020 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24022 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24023 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24024 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24025 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24026 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24028 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24030 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24031 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24032 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24033 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24034 This file need not actually exist.")
24036 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24038 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24039 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24040 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24042 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24044 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24045 Alist of mail address aliases,
24046 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24047 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24048 can specify a different file name.)
24049 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24050 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24052 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24053 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24054 nil means use indentation.")
24056 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24058 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24059 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24060 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24062 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24064 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24065 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24066 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24067 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24068 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24069 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24070 in the cited portion of the message.
24072 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24073 instead of no action.")
24075 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24077 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24078 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24079 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24080 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24081 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24083 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24085 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24086 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24087 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24088 If a string, that string is inserted.
24089 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24090 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24091 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24092 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24094 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24096 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24097 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24099 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24101 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24102 Directory for mail buffers.
24103 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24104 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24106 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24108 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24109 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24110 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24111 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24113 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24115 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24116 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24117 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24118 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24121 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24123 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24124 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24125 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24126 `query' means ask the user each time.
24127 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24128 The default is `mime'.
24129 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24130 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24132 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24134 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24135 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24136 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24138 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24139 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24141 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24142 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24143 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24144 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24145 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24146 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24147 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24148 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24149 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24150 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24151 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24152 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24153 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24157 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24158 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24160 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24161 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24163 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24165 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24166 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24167 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24168 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24169 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24170 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24172 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24173 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24174 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24176 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24177 User should not set this variable manually,
24178 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24179 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24180 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24181 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24183 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24184 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24185 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24186 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24188 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24189 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24192 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24194 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24195 to move to message header fields:
24198 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24199 when the message is initialized.
24201 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24202 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24204 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24207 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24208 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24210 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24211 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24212 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24213 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24214 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24215 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24216 buffer without erasing the contents.
24218 The second through fifth arguments,
24219 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24220 the initial contents of those header fields.
24221 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24222 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24223 original message being replied to, or else an action
24224 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24225 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24226 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24227 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24228 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24229 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24231 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24233 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24234 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24236 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24238 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24239 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24241 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24245 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24246 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18213 13926))
24247 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24249 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24250 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24251 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24252 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24253 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24254 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24256 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24257 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24259 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24261 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24262 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24263 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24265 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24266 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24268 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24270 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24271 Toggle Server mode.
24272 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24273 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24274 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24278 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24279 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24281 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24283 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24284 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24286 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24290 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18209 8664))
24291 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24293 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24294 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24295 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24299 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24300 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24301 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24302 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24308 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24309 ;;;;;; (18120 34753))
24310 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24312 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24313 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24315 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24318 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24319 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24320 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24322 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24323 in your `.emacs' file.
24325 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24327 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24328 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24333 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24335 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24336 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24337 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24338 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24339 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24340 which this is based.
24342 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24344 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24345 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24346 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24347 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24349 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24350 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24351 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24353 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24354 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24355 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24356 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24358 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24359 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24360 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24361 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24363 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24365 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24366 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24367 To work around that, do:
24368 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24376 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24377 ;;;;;; (18173 8196))
24378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24379 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24381 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24382 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24383 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24384 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24385 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24386 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24388 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24389 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24390 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24391 shell-specific features.
24393 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24394 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24395 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24397 \\[sh-case] case statement
24398 \\[sh-for] for loop
24399 \\[sh-function] function definition
24400 \\[sh-if] if statement
24401 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24402 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24403 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24404 \\[sh-select] select loop
24405 \\[sh-until] until loop
24406 \\[sh-while] while loop
24408 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24409 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24410 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24411 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24412 would indent to the way it currently is.
24413 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24414 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24417 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24418 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24419 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24420 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24421 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24422 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24424 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24426 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24428 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24429 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24430 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24432 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24433 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24437 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24441 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (18130 62048))
24442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24444 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24445 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24446 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24447 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24448 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24449 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24451 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24455 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24456 ;;;;;; (18088 55096))
24457 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24459 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24460 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24462 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24463 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24464 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24465 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24468 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24470 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24472 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24473 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24474 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24476 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24477 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24479 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24480 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24481 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24482 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24483 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24484 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24485 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24488 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24489 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24490 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24491 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24492 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24494 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24495 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24496 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24502 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24503 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18120
24505 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24507 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24508 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24509 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24510 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24511 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24512 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24517 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24518 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24519 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24520 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24521 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24525 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24526 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24527 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24528 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24529 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24530 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24531 `shadow-define-cluster').
24535 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24536 Set up file shadowing.
24542 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24543 ;;;;;; (18212 46004))
24544 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24546 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24547 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24548 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24549 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24550 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24553 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24555 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24556 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24557 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24558 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24559 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24561 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24562 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24563 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24564 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24565 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24566 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24567 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24568 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24569 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24570 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24571 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24573 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24574 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24575 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24576 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24577 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24578 `default-process-coding-system'.
24580 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24581 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24582 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24583 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24585 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24587 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24588 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24592 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24593 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18212 46007))
24594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24596 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24599 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24601 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24604 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24606 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24609 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24613 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24614 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
24615 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24617 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24618 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24619 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24620 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24621 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24623 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18208 48751))
24630 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24631 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24635 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18088
24637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24639 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24640 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24641 \\{simula-mode-map}
24642 Variables controlling indentation style:
24643 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24644 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24645 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24646 `simula-indent-level'
24647 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24648 `simula-substatement-offset'
24649 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24650 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24651 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24652 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24653 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24654 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24655 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24656 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24657 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24658 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24659 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24660 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24661 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24662 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24663 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24664 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24665 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24666 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24667 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24668 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24669 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24670 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24671 or nil if they should not be changed.
24672 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24673 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24674 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24675 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24677 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24678 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24684 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24685 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18120 34749))
24686 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24688 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24689 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24691 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24692 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24693 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24694 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24696 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24698 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24700 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24701 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24702 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24703 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24704 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24706 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24707 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24709 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24711 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24712 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24714 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24715 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24716 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24717 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24719 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24720 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24721 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24722 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24724 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24725 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24726 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24728 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24729 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24731 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24732 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24734 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24735 _ interesting point, interregion here
24736 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24737 interesting point set by _
24738 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24739 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24740 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24741 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24742 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24743 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24746 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24747 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24749 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24750 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24751 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24752 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24753 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24754 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24755 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24756 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24758 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24759 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24760 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24761 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24762 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24765 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24766 then: insert previously read string once more
24767 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24768 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24769 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24771 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24772 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24774 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24776 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24777 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24779 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24780 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24781 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24782 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24783 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24786 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24787 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24788 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24794 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24795 ;;;;;; (18202 3996))
24796 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24798 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24799 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24800 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24803 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24805 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24806 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24807 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24813 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24814 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
24815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24817 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24818 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24819 A list of images is returned.
24821 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24823 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24824 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24825 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24827 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24831 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24832 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18088 55110))
24833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24835 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24840 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24841 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24847 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18088 55114))
24848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24850 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24851 Play the Snake game.
24852 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24854 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24856 Snake mode keybindings:
24858 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24859 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24860 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24861 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24862 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24863 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24864 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24870 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24871 ;;;;;; (18161 20995))
24872 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24874 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24875 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24876 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24877 Tab indents for C code.
24878 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24879 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24881 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24886 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24887 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24888 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24889 Tab indents for C code.
24890 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24891 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24893 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24894 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24900 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24901 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24902 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18088 55094))
24903 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24905 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
24906 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24908 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24909 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24910 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24912 For example, the form
24914 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24915 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24917 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24919 (custom-autoload 'calendar-time-display-form "solar" t)
24921 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24922 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24924 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24925 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24926 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24929 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24931 (custom-autoload 'calendar-latitude "solar" t)
24933 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24934 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24936 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24937 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24938 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24941 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24943 (custom-autoload 'calendar-longitude "solar" t)
24945 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
24946 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24947 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24950 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24952 (custom-autoload 'calendar-location-name "solar" t)
24954 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24955 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24956 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24958 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24959 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24961 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24965 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
24966 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24967 Requires floating point.
24973 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18173
24975 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24977 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24980 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24981 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24982 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24983 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24984 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24985 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24986 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24987 check after each move or undo)
24991 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24992 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24993 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25012 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25013 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25014 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25015 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25017 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25018 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25019 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25022 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25023 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25025 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25041 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25043 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25049 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25050 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25051 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18128 32655))
25052 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25053 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25055 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25056 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25058 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25059 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25060 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25061 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25064 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25065 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25066 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25069 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25070 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25072 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25073 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25074 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25075 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25078 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25079 It should move point to the end of the record.
25081 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25082 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25083 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25084 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25085 starts at the beginning of the record.
25087 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25088 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25091 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25092 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25094 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25096 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25097 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25098 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25099 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25100 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25103 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25105 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25106 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25107 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25108 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25109 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25112 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25114 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25115 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25116 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25117 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25118 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25121 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25122 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25124 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25125 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25126 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25127 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25128 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25129 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25130 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25131 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25132 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25134 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25136 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25137 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25138 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25139 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25140 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25141 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25142 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25145 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25147 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25148 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25149 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25150 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25151 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25152 is to be used for sorting.
25153 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25154 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25155 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25156 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25157 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25159 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25161 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25164 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25165 starting with the letter \"f\",
25166 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25168 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25170 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25171 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25172 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25173 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25174 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25175 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25176 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25179 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25180 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25181 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25182 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25183 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25185 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25187 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25188 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25189 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25191 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25195 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18212
25197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25199 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25200 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25201 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25202 can call spam-initialize before you set spam-use-* variables on
25203 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25204 installed through spam-necessary-extra-headers.
25206 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25210 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25211 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25212 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18212 46007))
25213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25215 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25216 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25218 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25219 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25220 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25222 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25224 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25225 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25226 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25229 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25231 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25232 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25233 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25235 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25237 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25238 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25239 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25240 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25245 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25246 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25247 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25248 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25254 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25255 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18164 30590))
25256 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25258 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25260 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25261 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25262 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25263 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25264 supported at a time.
25265 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25266 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25270 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25271 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25272 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25273 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25279 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25280 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18088 55120))
25281 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25283 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25285 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25286 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25287 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25288 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25289 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25290 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25294 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25295 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25296 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25297 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25301 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25302 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25303 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25304 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25305 for example, \"word\".
25307 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25309 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25310 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25312 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25316 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18088
25318 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25320 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25321 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25325 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25326 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25332 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25333 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25334 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25335 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18173
25337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25339 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25340 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25342 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25343 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25344 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25345 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25346 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25347 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25348 of the current highlighting list.
25352 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25353 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25355 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25356 `_t' as data types.
25358 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25360 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25361 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25363 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25364 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25366 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25368 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25369 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25370 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25372 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25374 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25375 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25376 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25377 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25378 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25379 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25381 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25382 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25384 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25386 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25387 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25388 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25389 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25391 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25392 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25393 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25394 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25396 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25397 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25398 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25402 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25403 Major mode to edit SQL.
25405 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25406 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25407 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25410 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25412 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25413 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25414 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25415 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25416 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25417 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25419 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25420 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25422 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25423 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25424 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25426 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25428 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25432 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25433 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25435 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25436 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25439 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25441 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25443 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25444 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25446 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25447 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25450 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25451 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25452 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25453 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25455 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25456 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25458 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25459 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25460 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25461 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25462 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25463 `default-process-coding-system'.
25465 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25469 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25470 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25472 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25473 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25476 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25477 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25478 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25479 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25481 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25482 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25484 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25485 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25486 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25487 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25488 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25489 `default-process-coding-system'.
25491 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25495 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25496 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25498 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25499 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25502 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25503 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25505 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25506 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25508 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25509 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25510 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25511 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25512 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25513 `default-process-coding-system'.
25515 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25519 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25520 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25522 SQLite is free software.
25524 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25525 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25528 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25529 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25530 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25531 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25533 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25534 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25536 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25537 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25538 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25539 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25540 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25541 `default-process-coding-system'.
25543 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25547 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25548 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25550 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25552 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25553 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25556 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25557 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25558 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25559 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25561 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25562 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25564 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25565 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25566 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25567 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25568 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25569 `default-process-coding-system'.
25571 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25575 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25576 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25578 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25579 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25582 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25583 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25586 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25587 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25589 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25590 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25591 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25592 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25593 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25594 `default-process-coding-system'.
25596 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25600 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25601 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25603 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25604 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25607 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25608 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25610 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25611 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25613 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25614 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25615 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25616 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25617 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25618 `default-process-coding-system'.
25620 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25624 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25625 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25627 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25628 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25631 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25632 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25633 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25634 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25636 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25637 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25639 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25640 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25641 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25642 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25643 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25644 `default-process-coding-system'.
25646 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25650 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25651 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25653 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25654 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25657 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25658 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25659 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25660 `sql-postgres-options'.
25662 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25663 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25665 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25666 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25667 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25668 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25669 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25670 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25671 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25672 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25674 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25675 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25677 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25681 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25682 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25684 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25685 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25688 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25689 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25692 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25693 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25695 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25696 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25697 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25698 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25699 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25700 `default-process-coding-system'.
25702 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25706 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25707 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25709 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25710 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25713 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25716 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25717 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25719 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25720 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25721 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25722 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25724 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25725 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25726 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25727 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25728 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25729 `default-process-coding-system'.
25731 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25735 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25736 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25738 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25739 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25742 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25743 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25744 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25745 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25748 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25749 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25750 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25751 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25754 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25755 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25757 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25763 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25764 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25765 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25766 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25767 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18120
25769 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25771 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25772 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25773 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25774 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25775 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25776 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25778 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25780 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25782 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25783 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25784 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25785 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25786 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25787 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25788 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25790 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25792 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25793 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25794 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25795 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25796 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25797 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25798 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25800 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25802 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25803 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25804 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25806 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25808 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25809 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25810 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25812 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25814 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25815 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25817 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25819 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25820 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25824 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25825 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25829 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25830 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25831 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25832 chronologically by command name.
25833 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25835 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25837 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25838 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25839 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25840 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25841 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25842 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25844 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25846 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25847 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25848 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25849 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25850 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25851 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25852 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25854 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25855 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25856 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25857 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25859 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25863 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25864 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25865 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25866 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25868 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25870 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25871 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25877 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25878 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16268 23254))
25879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25881 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25882 Studlify-case the region.
25884 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25886 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25887 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25889 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25891 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25892 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25898 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18211 32385))
25899 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25901 (autoload 'locate-library "subr" "\
25902 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25903 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25904 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25905 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25906 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25908 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25909 is used instead of `load-path'.
25911 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25912 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25913 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25915 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25919 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25920 ;;;;;; (18173 8195))
25921 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25923 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25924 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25925 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25926 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25927 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25928 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25929 original message but it does require a few things:
25931 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25933 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25936 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25937 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25940 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25942 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25944 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25945 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25946 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25952 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18177
25954 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25956 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25958 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
25959 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25960 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25961 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25962 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25963 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25965 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25967 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25968 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25969 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25970 otherwise turn it off.
25972 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25973 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25974 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25980 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18088 55089))
25981 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25983 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25984 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25985 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25986 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25987 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25989 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25991 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25992 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25993 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25994 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25995 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25996 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25997 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25999 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26003 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26004 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26005 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26006 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26007 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26008 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26009 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26010 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26011 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26012 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26013 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26014 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26015 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18173 8196))
26016 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26018 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26019 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26020 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26022 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26024 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26025 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26027 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26029 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26030 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26032 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26034 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26035 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26037 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26039 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26040 Insert an editable text table.
26041 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26042 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26043 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26044 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26045 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26046 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26051 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26053 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26058 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26059 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26060 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26061 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26064 +-----+-----+-----+
26066 +-----+-----+-----+
26068 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26070 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26071 width, which results as
26073 +--------------+-----+-----+
26075 +--------------+-----+-----+
26077 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26078 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26080 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26082 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26084 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26085 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26086 width information to `table-insert'.
26088 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26094 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26097 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26098 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26100 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26103 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26105 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26107 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26110 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26113 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26115 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26117 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26120 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26123 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26126 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26127 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26128 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26130 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26133 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26136 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26139 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26141 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26144 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26147 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26148 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26149 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26150 | | |expected results.-!- |
26151 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26154 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26156 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26160 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26162 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26163 Insert N table row(s).
26164 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26165 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26166 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26167 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26171 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26172 Insert N table column(s).
26173 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26174 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26175 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26176 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26180 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26181 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26182 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26184 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26186 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26187 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26188 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26189 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26190 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26191 all the table specific features.
26193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26195 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26200 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26201 Recognize all tables within region.
26202 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26203 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26204 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26207 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26209 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26212 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26214 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26215 Recognize a table at point.
26216 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26217 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26218 the table specific features.
26220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26222 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26227 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26228 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26229 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26230 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26231 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26232 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26233 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26235 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26237 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26242 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26243 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26244 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26245 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26246 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26247 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26250 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26252 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26253 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26254 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26255 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26256 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26257 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26258 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26263 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26264 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26265 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26266 table's rectangle structure.
26268 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26270 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26271 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26272 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26273 table's rectangle structure.
26277 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26278 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26279 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26280 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26281 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26283 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26285 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26286 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26287 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26289 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26290 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26291 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26292 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26293 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26294 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26295 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26297 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26298 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26299 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26300 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26301 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26302 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26303 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26305 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26306 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26307 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26308 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26309 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26310 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26311 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26312 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26314 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26316 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26317 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26318 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26319 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26323 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26324 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26325 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26327 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26329 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26330 Split current cell vertically.
26331 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26335 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26336 Split current cell horizontally.
26337 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26341 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26342 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26343 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26345 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26347 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26348 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26349 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26350 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26352 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26354 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26355 Justify cell contents.
26356 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26357 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26358 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26359 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26361 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26363 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26364 Justify cells of a row.
26365 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26366 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26368 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26370 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26371 Justify cells of a column.
26372 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26373 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26375 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26377 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26378 Toggle fixing width mode.
26379 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26380 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26381 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26385 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26386 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26387 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26388 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26389 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26390 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26391 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26392 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26393 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26394 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26395 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26397 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26399 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26400 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26401 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26402 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26403 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26404 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26405 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26406 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26407 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26408 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26409 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26410 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26413 References used for this implementation:
26419 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26421 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26422 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26423 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26425 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26428 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26429 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26430 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26431 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26432 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26433 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26434 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26435 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26436 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26437 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26438 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26439 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26440 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26441 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26442 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26443 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26448 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26449 (table-forward-cell 15)
26450 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26451 (table-forward-cell 16)
26452 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26453 (table-forward-cell 1)
26454 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26457 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26458 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26459 (table-forward-cell 1)
26460 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26462 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26464 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26465 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26466 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26467 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26468 consists from cells of same height.
26472 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26473 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26474 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26475 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26476 column must consists from cells of same width.
26480 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26481 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26482 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26483 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26484 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26485 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26486 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26487 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26488 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26489 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26490 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26491 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26492 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26493 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26494 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26503 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26504 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26505 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26508 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26510 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26512 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26514 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26518 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26519 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26520 of each row is optional.
26525 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26526 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26527 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26528 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26529 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26531 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26532 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26534 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26535 expression and raw delimiter regular
26536 expression, it parses the specified text
26537 area and extracts cell items from
26538 non-table text and then forms a table out
26541 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26542 creates a single cell table. The text in
26543 the specified region is placed in that
26546 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26549 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26550 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26551 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26553 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26554 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26555 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26556 | area and extracts cell items from |
26557 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26560 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26561 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26562 | the specified region is placed in that |
26564 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26566 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26567 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26570 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26571 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26572 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26573 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26574 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26575 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26576 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26577 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26578 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26580 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26581 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26582 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26583 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26585 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26587 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26588 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26589 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26591 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26593 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26594 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26595 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26596 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26597 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26603 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18133 2197))
26604 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26606 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26607 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26609 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26611 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26612 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26618 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18202 3996))
26619 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26621 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26622 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26623 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26624 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26625 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26626 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26627 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26629 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26630 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26631 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26632 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26634 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26641 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26642 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18120 34753))
26643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26645 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26646 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26647 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26648 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26649 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26650 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26652 Variables controlling indentation style:
26654 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26655 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26656 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26658 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26659 documentation for details):
26660 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26661 Controls action of TAB key.
26663 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26664 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26665 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26666 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26667 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26669 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26670 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26678 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26679 Run inferior Tcl process.
26680 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26681 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26685 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26686 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26687 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26689 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26693 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18101 9759))
26694 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26695 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26697 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26698 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26699 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26700 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26702 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26703 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26704 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26705 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26706 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26708 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26709 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26711 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26712 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26713 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26714 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26720 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18120
26722 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26724 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26725 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26726 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26727 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26728 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26729 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26731 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26733 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26734 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26735 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26736 commands to use in that buffer.
26738 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26740 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26742 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26743 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26745 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26749 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18088
26751 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26753 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26754 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26755 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26756 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26757 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26758 program as keyboard input.
26760 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26761 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26762 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26763 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26765 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26766 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26767 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26768 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26769 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26771 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26773 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26774 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26775 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26776 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26778 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26779 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26780 subprocess started.
26782 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26786 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26787 ;;;;;; (18088 55096))
26788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26790 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26791 Start coverage on function under point.
26797 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18088 55114))
26798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26800 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26801 Play the Tetris game.
26802 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26803 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26804 as to form complete rows.
26806 tetris-mode keybindings:
26807 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26808 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26809 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26810 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26811 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26812 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26813 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26814 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26815 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26821 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26822 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26823 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26824 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26825 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26826 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26827 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26828 ;;;;;; (18211 32385))
26829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26831 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26832 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26834 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26836 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26837 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26838 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26839 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26840 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26842 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26844 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26845 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26846 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26847 if it matches the first line of the file,
26848 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26850 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26852 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26853 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26854 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26855 if the variable is non-nil.")
26857 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26859 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26860 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26862 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26864 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26865 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26866 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26867 See the documentation of that variable.")
26869 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26871 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26872 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26873 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26874 See the documentation of that variable.")
26876 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26878 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26879 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26880 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26881 See the documentation of that variable.")
26883 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26885 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26886 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26887 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26888 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26889 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26891 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26893 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26894 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26895 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26896 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26898 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26900 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26901 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26902 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26904 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26906 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26907 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26908 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26909 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26911 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26913 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26914 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26915 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26916 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26918 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26920 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26921 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26922 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26923 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26925 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26926 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26929 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26930 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26932 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26935 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26937 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
26938 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26939 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26940 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26941 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26943 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26945 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26947 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26948 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26949 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26951 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26953 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26954 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26955 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26956 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26957 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26959 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26961 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26962 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26964 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26966 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26967 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26969 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26971 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26972 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26973 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26974 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26975 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26976 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26977 says which mode to use.
26981 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26983 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26985 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26987 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26988 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26989 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26990 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26991 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26993 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26994 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26995 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26996 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26997 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26998 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26999 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27001 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27002 mismatched $'s or braces.
27005 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27009 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27011 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27012 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27013 tex-dvi-print-command
27014 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27015 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27016 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27017 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27018 tex-dvi-view-command
27019 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27020 tex-show-queue-command
27021 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27022 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27024 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27025 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27026 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27030 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27031 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27032 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27033 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27034 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27036 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27037 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27038 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27039 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27040 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27041 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27042 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27044 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27045 mismatched $'s or braces.
27052 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27054 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27055 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27056 tex-dvi-print-command
27057 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27058 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27059 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27060 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27061 tex-dvi-view-command
27062 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27063 tex-show-queue-command
27064 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27065 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27067 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27068 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27069 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27073 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27074 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27075 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27076 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27077 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27079 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27080 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27081 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27082 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27083 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27084 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27085 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27087 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27088 mismatched $'s or braces.
27091 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27095 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27097 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27098 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27099 tex-dvi-print-command
27100 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27101 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27102 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27103 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27104 tex-dvi-view-command
27105 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27106 tex-show-queue-command
27107 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27108 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27110 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27111 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27112 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27113 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27117 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27122 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27123 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27129 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27130 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18130 62049))
27131 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27133 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27134 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27135 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27136 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27138 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27139 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27140 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27142 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27144 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27145 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27146 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27147 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27148 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27150 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27152 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27153 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27154 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27155 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27157 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27158 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27159 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27160 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27162 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27163 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27165 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27169 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27170 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18149 22003))
27171 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27173 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27174 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27176 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27178 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27179 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27181 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27183 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27184 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27186 It has these extra commands:
27187 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27189 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27190 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27191 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27192 modified version of TeX input format.
27194 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27195 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27196 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27197 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27199 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27200 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27201 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27202 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27203 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27204 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27205 in the Texinfo file.
27207 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27208 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27209 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27210 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27211 move forward past the closing brace.
27213 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27214 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27216 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27217 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27218 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27220 Here are the functions:
27222 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27223 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27224 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27226 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27227 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27228 texinfo-master-menu
27230 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27232 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27233 which menu descriptions are indented.
27235 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27236 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27239 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27240 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27241 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27242 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27244 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27245 be the first node in the file.
27247 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27248 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27254 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27255 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27256 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27257 ;;;;;; (18088 55109))
27258 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27260 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27261 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27262 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27263 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27265 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27267 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27268 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27270 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27272 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27273 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27277 (autoload 'thai-post-read-conversion "thai-util" "\
27280 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27282 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27283 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27284 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27285 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27288 The return value is number of composed characters.
27290 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27292 (autoload 'thai-auto-composition-mode "thai-util" "\
27293 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27299 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27300 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27301 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18088 55090))
27302 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27304 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27305 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27307 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27309 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27310 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27311 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27312 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27313 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27315 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27316 a symbol as a valid THING.
27318 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27319 of the textual entity that was found.
27321 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27323 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27324 Return the THING at point.
27325 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27326 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27327 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27329 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27330 a symbol as a valid THING.
27332 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27334 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27339 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27344 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27349 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27356 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27357 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27358 ;;;;;; (18088 55090))
27359 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27361 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27362 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27366 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27367 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27368 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27369 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27371 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27373 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27374 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27378 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27379 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27383 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27385 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27386 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27392 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27393 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27394 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27395 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27396 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27397 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18088 55109))
27398 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27400 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27401 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27402 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27406 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27407 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27409 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27411 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27412 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27413 The returned string has no composition information.
27415 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27417 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27418 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27420 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27422 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27423 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27425 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27427 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27428 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27429 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27430 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27432 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27434 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27435 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27436 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27437 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27439 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27441 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27444 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27446 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27447 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27448 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27452 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27453 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27454 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27458 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27461 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27463 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27466 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27468 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27471 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27475 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27476 ;;;;;; (18088 55121))
27477 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27479 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27480 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27481 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27482 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27484 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27486 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27488 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27489 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27490 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27491 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27493 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27499 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-world display-time-mode display-time
27500 ;;;;;; display-time-day-and-date) "time" "time.el" (18211 32385))
27501 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27503 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27504 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27506 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27508 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27509 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27510 This display updates automatically every minute.
27511 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27512 are displayed as well.
27513 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27517 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27518 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27519 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27520 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27521 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27522 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27524 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27526 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27527 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27528 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27530 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27531 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27532 are displayed as well.
27533 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27537 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27538 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27539 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27540 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27546 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27547 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27548 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27549 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18088
27551 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27553 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27554 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27556 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27558 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27559 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27560 You can use `float-time' instead.
27562 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27564 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27565 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27567 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27569 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27570 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27572 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27574 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27575 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27577 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27579 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27580 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27581 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27583 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27585 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27587 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27588 Subtract two time values.
27589 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27591 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27593 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27594 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27596 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27598 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27599 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27600 DATE should be a date-time string.
27602 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27604 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27605 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27606 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27608 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27610 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27611 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27613 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27615 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27616 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27618 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27620 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27621 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27622 TIME should be a time value.
27623 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27625 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27627 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27628 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27629 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27631 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27635 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27636 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18088 55090))
27637 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27638 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27639 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27640 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27641 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27642 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27643 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27644 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27646 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27647 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27648 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27649 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27650 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27651 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27652 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27653 look like one of the following:
27656 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27657 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27658 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27659 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27660 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27661 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27662 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27667 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27668 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27669 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27675 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27676 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27677 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27678 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27679 ;;;;;; (18088 55094))
27680 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27682 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27683 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27684 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27685 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27686 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27687 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27688 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27689 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27690 display (non-nil means on).
27692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27694 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27695 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27696 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27697 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27698 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27699 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27700 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27701 this function is called within a day.
27703 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27704 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27705 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27706 discover the name of the project.
27708 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27710 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27711 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27712 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27713 begun during the last time segment.
27715 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27716 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27717 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27718 discover the reason.
27720 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27722 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27723 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27724 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27725 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27726 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27728 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27730 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27731 Change to working on a different project.
27732 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27733 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27734 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27737 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27739 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27740 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27741 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27745 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27746 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27747 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27751 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27752 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27753 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27754 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27755 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27756 \"relative to today\".
27758 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27760 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27761 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27762 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27763 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27765 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27767 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27768 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27769 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27770 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27771 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27772 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27774 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27778 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27779 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27780 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18088 55096))
27781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27783 (defalias 'disable-timeout 'cancel-timer)
27785 (autoload 'cancel-timer "timer" "\
27786 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27788 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27790 (autoload 'cancel-function-timers "timer" "\
27791 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27792 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27793 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27795 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27797 (autoload 'run-at-time "timer" "\
27798 Perform an action at time TIME.
27799 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27800 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27801 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27802 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27803 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27804 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27805 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27806 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27807 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27808 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27809 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27811 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27813 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27815 (autoload 'run-with-timer "timer" "\
27816 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27817 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27818 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27819 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27821 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27823 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27825 (autoload 'add-timeout "timer" "\
27826 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27827 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27828 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27830 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27832 (autoload 'run-with-idle-timer "timer" "\
27833 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27834 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27835 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27836 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27837 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27838 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27840 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27841 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27843 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27845 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27846 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27848 (autoload 'with-timeout "timer" "\
27849 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27850 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27851 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27852 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27853 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27856 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27860 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27861 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18088 55108))
27862 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27864 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27865 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27866 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27867 the generated Quail package is saved.
27869 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27871 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27872 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27873 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27874 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27875 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27876 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27877 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27879 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27883 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27884 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18088
27886 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27888 (autoload 'tamil-compose-region "tml-util" "\
27891 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27893 (autoload 'tamil-post-read-conversion "tml-util" "\
27896 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27898 (autoload 'tamil-composition-function "tml-util" "\
27899 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27900 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27903 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27907 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27908 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18149 22003))
27909 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27910 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27911 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27913 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27914 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27915 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27916 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27917 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27919 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27921 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27922 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27923 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27924 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27925 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27927 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27929 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27930 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27931 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27932 in the menu in two ways:
27933 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27934 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27935 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27937 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27938 keymap or an alist of alists.
27939 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27940 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27942 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27946 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27947 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27948 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18203 38492))
27949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27951 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27952 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27956 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27957 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27959 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27961 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27962 Insert new TODO list entry.
27963 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27968 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27969 List top priorities for each category.
27971 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27972 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27974 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27975 between each category.
27977 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27979 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27980 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27981 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27982 between each category.
27984 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27986 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27988 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27989 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27995 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27996 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28000 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28007 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28008 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28009 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18133 2197))
28010 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28012 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28013 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28014 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28018 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28020 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28021 Add an item to the tool bar.
28022 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28023 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28024 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28025 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28027 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28028 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28029 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28030 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28032 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28033 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28035 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28037 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28038 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28039 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28040 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28041 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28042 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28044 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28045 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28046 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28047 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28049 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28051 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28052 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28053 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28054 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28055 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28056 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28057 properties to add to the binding.
28059 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28061 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28062 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28064 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28066 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28067 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28068 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28069 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28070 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28071 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28072 properties to add to the binding.
28074 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28077 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28081 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28082 ;;;;;; (18211 32385))
28083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28085 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28086 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28087 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28088 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28089 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28090 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28092 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28094 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28099 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28101 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28102 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28108 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18088 55096))
28109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28111 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28112 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28113 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28114 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28115 to a tcp server on another machine.
28117 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28121 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28122 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18088 55096))
28123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28125 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28126 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28128 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28130 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28131 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28132 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28133 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28134 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28135 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28136 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28137 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28139 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28141 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28142 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28143 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28144 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28145 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28146 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28147 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28148 the window or buffer configuration.
28150 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28152 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28156 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28157 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28158 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28159 ;;;;;; (18211 32385))
28160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28162 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28163 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28165 It can have the following values:
28167 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28168 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28169 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28171 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28173 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28174 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28175 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28176 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28178 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28179 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28180 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28181 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28183 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28184 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28185 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28187 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28188 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28189 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28190 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28191 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28192 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28193 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28194 files which are not really Tramp files.
28196 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28197 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28198 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28199 updated after changing this variable.
28201 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28203 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28204 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28205 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28206 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28208 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28209 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28210 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28211 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28213 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28214 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28215 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28217 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28218 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28219 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28221 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28222 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28223 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28224 updated after changing this variable.
28226 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28228 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28229 Alist of completion handler functions.
28230 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28231 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28232 normal Emacs functions.")
28234 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28235 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28236 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28237 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28239 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28240 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28241 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28242 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28244 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28245 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28246 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28248 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28250 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28251 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28252 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28254 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28255 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28256 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28258 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28259 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28262 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28264 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28269 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28270 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28272 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28274 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28275 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28277 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28279 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28280 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28286 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28287 ;;;;;; (18183 58477))
28288 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28290 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28297 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18200
28299 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28301 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28302 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28303 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28304 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28305 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28306 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28307 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28308 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28310 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28311 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28312 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28314 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28315 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28318 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28322 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28323 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18201 33329))
28324 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28325 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28326 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28327 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28329 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28330 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28331 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28332 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28333 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28334 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28335 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28337 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28339 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28340 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28341 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28342 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28344 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28348 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28349 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28350 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28351 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28352 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28353 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28354 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28356 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28357 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28359 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28362 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28364 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28370 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28371 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28372 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28373 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28374 ;;;;;; (18088 55090))
28375 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28377 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28378 Toggle typing break mode.
28379 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28381 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28383 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28385 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28386 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28388 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28390 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28391 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28393 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28394 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28395 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28397 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28398 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28400 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28402 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28403 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28405 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28406 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28407 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28408 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28410 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28412 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28413 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28414 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28416 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28417 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28418 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28419 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28420 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28421 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28423 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28424 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28425 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28426 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28428 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28429 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28431 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28432 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28434 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28436 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28437 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28438 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28440 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28441 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28442 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28443 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28444 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28445 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28446 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28448 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28449 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28451 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28452 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28453 reset the keystroke counter.
28455 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28456 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28457 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28458 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28460 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28461 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28462 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28463 `type-break-schedule' command.
28465 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28466 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28467 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28468 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28469 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28470 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28471 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28472 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28473 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28475 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28476 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28477 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28478 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28479 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28481 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28482 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28483 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28484 approximate good values for this.
28486 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28487 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28489 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28490 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28491 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28492 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28493 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28494 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28496 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28497 a typing break occur. They include:
28499 `type-break-query-mode'
28500 `type-break-query-function'
28501 `type-break-query-interval'
28503 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28505 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28506 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28507 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28510 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28512 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28513 Take a typing break.
28515 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28516 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28518 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28519 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28523 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28524 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28525 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28526 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28530 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28531 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28533 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28534 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28535 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28536 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28537 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28538 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28539 average typing speed.)
28541 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28542 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28543 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28544 the computed maximum threshold.
28546 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28547 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28548 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28549 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28550 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28552 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28556 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28557 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18088 55121))
28558 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28560 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28561 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28562 Works by overstriking underscores.
28563 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28564 which specify the range to operate on.
28566 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28568 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28569 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28570 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28571 which specify the range to operate on.
28573 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28577 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28578 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18120 34751))
28579 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28581 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28582 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28583 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28587 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28588 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28589 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28590 following the containing message.
28596 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28597 ;;;;;; (18088 55110))
28598 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28600 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28601 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28602 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28603 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28604 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28605 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28609 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28610 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28612 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28616 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18120
28618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28620 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28621 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28622 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28623 of symbols with local bindings.
28625 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28629 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28630 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18088 55122))
28631 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28633 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28634 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28635 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28637 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28638 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28639 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28640 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28641 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28642 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28644 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28645 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28646 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28648 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28649 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28650 the callback is not called).
28652 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28653 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28654 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28657 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28659 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28660 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28661 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28662 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28663 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28665 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28669 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28670 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18197 21677))
28671 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28673 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28674 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28675 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28677 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28678 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28679 `url-generic-parse-url'
28680 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28681 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28682 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28684 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28685 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28686 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28687 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28688 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28689 what type of auth to use
28690 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28691 if one cannot be found in the cache
28693 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28695 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28696 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28698 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28699 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28700 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28701 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28702 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28703 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28704 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28705 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28707 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28711 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28712 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18120
28714 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28716 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28717 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28719 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28721 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28722 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28724 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28726 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28727 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28729 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28731 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28732 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28734 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28738 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18088 55121))
28739 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28741 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28744 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28748 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28749 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18173 8196))
28750 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28752 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28755 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28757 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28760 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28764 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18140
28766 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28768 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28769 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28771 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28775 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28776 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18088 55121))
28777 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28779 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28780 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28784 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28785 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28786 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28787 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28788 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28790 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28794 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28795 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (18088
28797 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28799 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28800 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28801 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28804 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28806 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28808 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28809 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28813 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28814 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28815 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28816 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28817 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28818 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28819 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28820 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28821 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28823 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28825 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28826 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28827 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28830 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28832 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28835 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28839 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28840 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18140 63039))
28841 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28843 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28844 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28845 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28846 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28847 CBARGS as the arguments.
28849 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28851 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28854 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28856 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28858 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28861 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28863 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28864 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28865 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28867 Property list members:
28870 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28874 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28878 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28881 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28884 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28885 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28886 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28891 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28892 Default HTTPS port.")
28894 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28895 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28897 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
28898 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28899 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28900 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28901 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28905 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18088 55121))
28906 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28908 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28911 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28915 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18088
28917 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28919 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28920 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28921 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28922 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28923 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28925 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28929 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28930 ;;;;;; (18140 63039))
28931 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28933 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28936 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28938 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28939 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28941 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28945 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28946 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18165 39747))
28947 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28949 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28950 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28952 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28954 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28955 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28957 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28959 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28962 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28964 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28966 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28968 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28970 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28971 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28973 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28977 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28978 ;;;;;; (18163 15437))
28979 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28981 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28984 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28986 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28989 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28993 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28994 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28995 ;;;;;; (18088 55121))
28996 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28998 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29001 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29003 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29006 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29008 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29011 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29013 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29016 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29018 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29021 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29023 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29026 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29028 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29031 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29035 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29036 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18140 63039))
29037 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29039 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29040 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29042 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29044 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29045 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
29047 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
29049 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29053 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29054 ;;;;;; (18088 55121))
29055 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29057 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29058 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29064 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29065 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29066 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29067 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29068 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29069 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29070 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18197 21677))
29071 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29073 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29074 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29075 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29077 If t, all messages will be logged.
29078 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29079 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29081 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29083 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29086 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29088 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29091 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29093 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29094 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29095 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29096 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29097 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29103 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29105 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29106 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29107 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29109 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29111 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29112 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29113 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29115 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29117 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29118 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29120 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29122 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29123 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29127 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29128 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29132 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29137 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29140 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29142 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29145 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29147 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29148 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29150 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29152 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29153 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29155 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29157 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29160 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29162 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29163 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29164 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29165 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29166 forbidden in URL encoding.
29168 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29170 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29171 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29172 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29173 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29174 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29175 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29177 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29179 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29180 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29181 If optional variable X is t,
29182 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29184 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29186 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29187 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29188 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29190 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29192 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29193 View the current document's URL.
29194 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29197 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29199 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29203 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29204 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18120 34749))
29205 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29207 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29208 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29209 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29210 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29211 to refrain from editing the file
29212 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29213 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29214 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29215 in any way you like.
29217 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29219 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29220 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29221 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29222 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29223 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29225 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29226 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18088 55108))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29234 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29238 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29239 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29240 ;;;;;; (18212 46007))
29241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29243 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29244 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29245 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29246 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29248 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29250 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29251 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29252 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29254 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29256 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29257 Uudecode region between START and END.
29258 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29260 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29264 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29265 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29266 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29267 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29268 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command
29269 ;;;;;; edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29270 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18214 4763))
29271 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29273 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29274 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29277 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29279 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29280 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29281 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29283 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29285 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29286 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29289 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29291 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29292 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29293 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29294 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29295 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29296 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29297 somebody else, signal error.
29299 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29301 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29302 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29303 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29304 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29305 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29307 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29309 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
29310 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29311 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29312 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29313 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29314 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29315 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29316 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29317 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29318 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29319 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29320 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29322 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29324 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29325 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29326 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29328 For locking systems:
29329 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29331 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29332 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29333 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29334 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29335 it performs a revert on that file.
29336 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29337 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29338 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29339 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29340 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29341 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29342 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29344 For merging systems:
29345 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29346 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29347 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29348 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29349 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29350 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29351 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29352 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29353 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29355 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29357 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29358 Register the current file into a version control system.
29359 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29360 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29362 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29363 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29364 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29365 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29366 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29367 first backend that could register the file is used.
29369 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION COMMENT)" t nil)
29371 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29372 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29374 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29376 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29377 Display diffs between file revisions.
29378 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29379 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29380 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29382 If no current fileset is available (that is, we are not in
29383 VC-Dired mode and the visited file of the current buffer is not
29384 under version control) and we're in a Dired buffer, use
29385 the current directory.
29386 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29389 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29391 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29392 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29393 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29394 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29398 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29399 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29400 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29401 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29405 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29406 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29407 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29408 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29409 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29410 from the current branch.
29412 See Info node `Merging'.
29416 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29418 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
29419 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29421 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29423 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29424 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29426 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29428 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29429 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29430 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29431 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29432 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
29433 checked out in that new branch.
29435 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29437 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29438 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29439 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29440 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29441 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29442 allowed and simply skipped).
29444 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29446 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29447 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29448 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29450 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29452 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29453 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29454 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29455 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29459 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29460 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29461 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29462 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29466 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29468 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29469 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29470 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29471 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29472 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29473 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29477 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29478 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29479 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29480 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29481 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29482 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29483 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29485 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29487 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29488 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29489 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29490 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29491 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29492 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29493 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29494 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29495 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29497 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29499 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29500 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29502 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29504 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29505 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29506 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29509 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29511 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29512 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29513 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29515 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29516 log entries should be gathered.
29518 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29520 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29521 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29523 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29525 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29526 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29528 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29530 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29531 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29533 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29534 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29535 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29536 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29537 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29538 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29540 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29541 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29542 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29543 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29544 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29545 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29546 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29547 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29549 Customization variables:
29551 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29552 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29553 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29554 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29556 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18201 33325))
29561 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29562 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29563 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29566 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18201 33325))
29571 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29573 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29574 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29576 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29577 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29578 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29581 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18201 33326))
29586 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29587 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29588 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29589 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29591 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18201 33364))
29596 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29597 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29598 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29599 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29602 (vc-git-registered file))))
29606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18203 37787))
29607 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29608 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29609 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29610 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29613 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18201 33326))
29618 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29619 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29620 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29623 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18202 3996))
29628 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29630 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29632 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29633 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29634 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29637 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29641 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29642 ;;;;;; (18190 46608))
29643 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29645 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29646 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29647 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29649 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29650 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29654 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29655 ;;;;;; (18190 46608))
29656 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29658 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29659 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29660 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29662 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29663 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29665 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29666 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29667 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29668 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18201 33326))
29673 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29674 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29675 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29676 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29679 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29680 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29681 (file-name-directory f)))
29683 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29685 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
29689 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29690 ;;;;;; (18203 37789))
29691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29692 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29694 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29695 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29700 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29701 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29702 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29703 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29705 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29706 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29707 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29710 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29711 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29713 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29714 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29716 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29717 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29718 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29720 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29726 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29727 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29729 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29731 Official distribution is at
29732 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29735 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29736 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29747 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29748 ;;;;;; (18203 37789))
29749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29751 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29752 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29757 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29758 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29759 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29760 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29761 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29762 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29763 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29764 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29765 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29767 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29768 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29769 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29770 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29772 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29773 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29774 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29775 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29776 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29778 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29779 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29783 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29784 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29785 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29789 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29790 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29791 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29792 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29794 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29795 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29796 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29797 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29798 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29802 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29803 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29804 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29805 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29807 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29808 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29809 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29810 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29811 beginning with \"std\").
29813 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29814 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29815 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29820 `--' puts a single comment.
29821 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29822 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29823 with a comment in between.
29824 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29825 out following lines.
29826 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29827 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29829 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29830 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29831 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29832 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29833 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29836 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29837 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29838 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29839 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29840 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29841 multi-line comments.
29845 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29846 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29847 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29848 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29850 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29851 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29852 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29853 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29855 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29856 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29859 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29860 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29864 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29865 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29866 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29867 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29868 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29869 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29870 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29871 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29873 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29874 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29875 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29876 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29877 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29880 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29881 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29882 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29884 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29885 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29889 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29890 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29891 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29892 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29893 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29894 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29897 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29898 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29899 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29900 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29903 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29907 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29908 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29909 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29910 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29911 internal signal initializations (menu).
29913 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29914 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29915 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29917 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29918 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29919 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29920 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29921 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29922 in subsequent paste operations.)
29924 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29925 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29926 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29929 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29930 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29931 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29932 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29933 association list with formals).
29936 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29937 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29938 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29939 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29940 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29941 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29942 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29943 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29948 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29952 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29956 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29957 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29958 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29960 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29961 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29964 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29965 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29966 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29967 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29969 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29970 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29971 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29973 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29974 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29975 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29976 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29978 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29979 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29980 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29981 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29982 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29984 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29985 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29986 required by secondary units.
29989 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29990 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29991 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29992 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29993 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29994 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29995 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29996 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29997 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29998 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29999 inputs to this component -> input port created
30000 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30001 outputs from this component -> output port created
30002 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30003 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30005 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30006 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30007 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30008 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30009 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30011 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30012 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30014 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30015 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30016 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30017 component instantiation is also supported (option
30018 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30020 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30021 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30022 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30023 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30024 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30025 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30026 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30027 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30028 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30029 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30030 | generating the configuration.
30032 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30033 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30034 | configurations in speedbar.
30036 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30039 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30040 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30041 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30042 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30043 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30044 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30045 information. New compilers can be added.
30047 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30048 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30051 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30052 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30053 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30054 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30055 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30057 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30060 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30061 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30062 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30064 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30065 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30066 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30067 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30068 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30069 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30070 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30073 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30074 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30075 not (yet) supported.
30076 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30077 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30078 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30082 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30083 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30084 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30085 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30086 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30087 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30088 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30089 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30091 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30092 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30093 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30094 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30095 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30096 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30097 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30098 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30099 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30100 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30101 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30105 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30106 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30107 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30108 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30109 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30110 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30111 current directory for VHDL source files.
30115 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30116 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30120 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30121 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30122 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30123 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30124 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30125 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30126 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30127 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30130 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30131 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30132 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30133 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30134 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30135 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30136 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30138 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30139 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30140 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30141 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30142 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30143 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30145 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30146 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30147 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30148 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30149 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30152 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30153 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30154 highlighted if written in lower case.
30156 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30157 highlighted using a different background color if option
30158 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30160 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30161 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30162 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30163 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30164 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30168 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30169 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30170 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30174 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30175 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30176 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30177 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30178 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30182 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30183 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30185 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30186 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30187 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30188 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30189 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30190 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30191 (used to obtain the port names).
30195 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30196 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30200 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30201 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30202 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30203 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30204 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30205 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30206 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30211 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30212 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30213 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30214 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30215 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30217 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30218 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30219 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30220 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30221 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30224 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30225 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30229 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30230 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30231 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30233 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30237 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30238 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30240 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30242 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30244 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30248 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30254 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30255 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30257 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30259 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30260 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30261 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30262 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30264 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30265 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30266 where the latest version can be found.
30272 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30273 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30274 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30277 The VHDL Mode Authors
30278 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30289 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18201 33326))
30290 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30292 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30293 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30294 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30295 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30297 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30298 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30299 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30300 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30301 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30303 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30304 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30306 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30308 * Limitations and unsupported features
30309 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30311 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30312 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30315 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30316 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30317 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30318 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30319 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30320 for undoing a repeated change command.
30321 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30322 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30323 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30326 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30327 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30328 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30329 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30330 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30331 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30332 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30333 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30335 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30341 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30342 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30343 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30344 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18088 55109))
30345 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30347 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30348 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30350 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30352 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30353 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30354 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30355 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30357 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30359 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30360 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30364 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30365 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30366 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30367 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30369 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30371 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30372 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30376 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30379 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30381 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30384 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30388 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30389 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30390 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18169
30392 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30394 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30395 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30396 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30397 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30399 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30401 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30402 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30403 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30404 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30405 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30406 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30407 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30409 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30413 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30414 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30415 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30416 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30417 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30418 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30419 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30420 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30422 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30426 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30427 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30428 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30429 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30430 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30431 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30432 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30433 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30435 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30439 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30440 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30441 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30442 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30443 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30444 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30445 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30447 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30449 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30450 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30451 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30453 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30455 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30456 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30457 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30458 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30459 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30460 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30461 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30462 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30464 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30466 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30467 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30468 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30470 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30472 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30473 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30474 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30475 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30476 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30477 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30478 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30479 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30481 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30483 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30484 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30485 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30487 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30489 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30490 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30491 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30494 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30495 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30496 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30499 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30500 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30501 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30502 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30503 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30505 H, h, ? This message.
30506 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30507 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30508 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30509 > move to the end of buffer.
30510 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30511 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30512 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30513 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30514 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30515 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30516 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30517 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30518 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30519 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30520 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30521 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30522 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30523 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30524 Use this to view a changing file.
30525 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30526 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30527 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30529 x exchanges point and mark.
30530 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30531 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30532 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30533 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30534 ' go to position saved in character register.
30535 s do forward incremental search.
30536 r do reverse incremental search.
30537 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30538 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30539 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30540 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30541 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30542 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30543 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30544 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30545 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30546 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30547 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30548 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30549 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30550 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30551 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30552 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30553 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30555 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30556 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30557 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30558 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30559 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30560 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30561 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30562 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30563 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30565 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30569 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30570 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30571 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30572 `view-return-to-alist'.
30573 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30574 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30575 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30577 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30578 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30579 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30580 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30581 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30583 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30584 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30585 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30586 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30588 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30590 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30592 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30594 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30595 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30601 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18088
30603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30605 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30606 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30610 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30611 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30617 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30618 ;;;;;; (18213 13953))
30619 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30621 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30622 Toggle Viper on/off.
30623 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30627 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30628 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30634 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30635 ;;;;;; (18088 55096))
30636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30638 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30639 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30640 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30641 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30642 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30643 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30644 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30645 the beginning of the warning.")
30647 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30648 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30649 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30650 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30651 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30652 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30653 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30654 also call that function before the next warning.")
30656 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30657 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30659 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30660 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30661 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30662 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30664 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30665 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30666 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30667 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30668 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30669 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30671 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30672 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30673 Default is :warning.
30675 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30676 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30677 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30678 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30679 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30680 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30682 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30683 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30684 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30686 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30688 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30689 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30691 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30693 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30694 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30695 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30696 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30698 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30699 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30700 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30701 can be whatever you like.)
30703 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30704 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30706 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30707 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30708 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30709 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30710 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30712 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30714 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30715 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30716 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30717 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30718 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30720 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30724 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30725 ;;;;;; (18214 4479))
30726 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30728 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30729 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30730 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30731 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30732 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30741 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18088 55112))
30742 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30744 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30745 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30747 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30750 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30757 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30758 ;;;;;; (18147 59474))
30759 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30760 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30761 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30763 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30765 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30766 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30767 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30769 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30770 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30772 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30774 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30775 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30776 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30777 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30779 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30786 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30787 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30788 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30789 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30790 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30791 ;;;;;; (18169 11932))
30792 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30794 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-leading-check "whitespace" "\
30795 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30799 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-trailing-check "whitespace" "\
30800 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30804 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-indent-check "whitespace" "\
30805 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30809 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check "whitespace" "\
30810 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30814 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-ateol-check "whitespace" "\
30815 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30819 (autoload 'whitespace-buffer "whitespace" "\
30820 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30822 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30823 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30824 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30825 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30826 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30828 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30830 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30831 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30833 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30835 (autoload 'whitespace-region "whitespace" "\
30836 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30840 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
30841 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30842 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30843 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30844 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30848 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
30849 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30853 (defalias 'global-whitespace-mode 'whitespace-global-mode)
30855 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30856 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30857 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30858 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30859 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30860 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30862 (custom-autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" nil)
30864 (autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" "\
30865 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30866 With ARG, turn the mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
30868 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30869 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30873 (autoload 'whitespace-write-file-hook "whitespace" "\
30874 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30875 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30881 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30882 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18149 22003))
30883 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30885 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
30886 Browse the widget under point.
30890 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
30891 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30893 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30895 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
30896 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30898 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30900 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
30901 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30902 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30908 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30909 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18187
30911 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30913 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
30914 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
30916 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30918 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
30919 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30920 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30922 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30924 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
30925 Create widget of TYPE.
30926 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30928 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30930 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
30933 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30935 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
30936 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30938 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30940 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
30942 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map "
" 'widget-button-press) map) "\
30943 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30944 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30946 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
30947 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30953 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30954 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18088
30956 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30958 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
30959 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30960 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30961 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30962 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30963 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30964 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30968 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
30969 Select the window above the current one.
30970 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30971 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30972 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30973 negative ARG) of the current window.
30974 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30978 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
30979 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30980 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30981 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30982 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30983 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30984 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30988 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
30989 Select the window below the current one.
30990 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30991 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30992 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30993 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30994 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30998 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
30999 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31000 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31001 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31003 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31007 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31008 ;;;;;; (18120 34750))
31009 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31011 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31012 Toggle Winner mode.
31013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31014 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31016 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31018 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31019 Toggle Winner mode.
31020 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31026 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
31027 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18197 21670))
31028 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31030 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31031 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31032 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31033 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31034 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31035 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31036 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31037 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31039 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31040 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31042 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31044 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31045 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31049 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31050 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31051 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31052 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31053 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31054 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31055 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31056 `woman' command for further details.
31058 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31062 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31063 ;;;;;; (18088 55097))
31064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31066 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31067 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31070 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31071 are not implemented
31072 - Options for search and replace
31073 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31074 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31076 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31079 The key bindings are:
31089 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31091 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31092 C-l ws-repeat-search
31095 C-r scroll-down-line
31102 C-y kill-complete-line
31105 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31106 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31107 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31108 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31109 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31110 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31111 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31112 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31113 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31114 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31115 C-k b ws-begin-block
31116 C-k c ws-copy-block
31117 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31119 C-k h ws-show-markers
31120 C-k i ws-indent-block
31122 C-k p ws-print-block
31125 C-k s save-some-buffers
31127 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31128 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31129 C-k v ws-move-block
31130 C-k w ws-write-block
31132 C-k y ws-delete-block
31134 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31135 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31136 C-o j justify-current-line
31139 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31140 C-o r set-fill-column
31141 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31142 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31143 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31144 C-o wo other-window
31145 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31147 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31148 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31149 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31150 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31151 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31152 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31153 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31154 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31155 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31156 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31157 C-q a ws-query-replace
31158 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31159 C-q c end-of-buffer
31162 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31164 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31165 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31166 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31167 C-q w ws-last-error
31169 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31175 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31176 ;;;;;; (18088 55091))
31177 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31179 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31180 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31181 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31182 Returns the top node with all its children.
31183 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31184 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31186 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31188 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31189 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31190 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31191 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31192 is not well-formed XML.
31193 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31194 and returned as the first element of the list.
31195 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31197 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31201 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18200
31203 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31205 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31206 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31207 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31210 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31212 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31214 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31215 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31216 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31219 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31220 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31221 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31222 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31223 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31224 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31230 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31231 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18088 55107))
31232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31234 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31235 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31237 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31239 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31240 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31246 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31247 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18203 37788))
31248 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31250 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31251 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31253 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31255 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31256 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31258 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31260 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31261 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31262 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31264 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31266 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31267 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31273 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18202 4002))
31274 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31276 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31277 Zone out, completely.
31283 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31284 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31285 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31286 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31287 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31288 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31289 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31290 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31291 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31292 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31293 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31294 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31295 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31296 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31297 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
31298 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31299 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31300 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31301 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31302 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
31303 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
31304 ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
31305 ;;;;;; "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
31306 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
31307 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
31308 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31309 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31310 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31311 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31312 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31313 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31314 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31315 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31316 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31317 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31318 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
31319 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
31320 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el"
31321 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31322 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31323 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31324 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31325 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31326 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31327 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31328 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31329 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31330 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31331 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
31332 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
31333 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31334 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31335 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31336 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31337 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31338 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31339 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31340 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31341 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/hmac-def.el"
31342 ;;;;;; "gnus/hmac-md5.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31343 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31344 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/md4.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31345 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31346 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
31347 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
31348 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31349 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31350 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31351 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31352 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31353 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/ntlm.el"
31354 ;;;;;; "gnus/password.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31355 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sasl-cram.el"
31356 ;;;;;; "gnus/sasl-digest.el" "gnus/sasl-ntlm.el" "gnus/sasl.el"
31357 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime-ldap.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31358 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31359 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
31360 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31361 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31362 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31363 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31364 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31365 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31366 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31367 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31368 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31369 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31370 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31371 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31372 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31373 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31374 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31375 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31376 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31377 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31378 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31379 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31380 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31381 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31382 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31383 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31384 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31385 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31386 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31387 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31388 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31389 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31390 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/socks.el"
31391 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31392 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
31393 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31394 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31395 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31396 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31397 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31398 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31399 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31400 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31401 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31402 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31403 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31404 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
31405 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
31406 ;;;;;; "select.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
31407 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31408 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31409 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
31410 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
31411 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31412 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31413 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31414 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31415 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31416 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31417 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31418 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (18214 7224 993409))
31422 ;; Local Variables:
31423 ;; version-control: never
31424 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31425 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31427 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here